A couple of months back the RBI had issued detailed
guidelines on inoperative or dormant bank accounts — savings as well as
current account. It had stated that if there are no transactions in the
account for a period over two years, it is to be treated as dormant. Further,
for the purpose of classifying an account as inoperative, both the types of
transactions i.e., debit as well as credit transactions induced at the
instance of customers as well as third party should be considered.RBI now states that there may be instances where the
customer has given a mandate for crediting the interest on Fixed Deposit
account to the Savings Bank account and there are no other operations in the
Savings Bank account. Some doubts have arisen whether such an account is to be
treated as inoperative account after two years.In this connection, the Banker of the Banks has clarified
that since the interest on Fixed Deposit account is credited to the Savings
Bank accounts as per the mandate of the customer, the same should be treated
as a customer induced transaction. As such, the account should be treated as
operative account as long as the interest on Fixed Deposit account is credited
to the Savings Bank account. The Savings Bank account can be treated as
inoperative account only after two years from the date of the last credit
entry of the interest on Fixed Deposit account.(Source : Internet & Media Reports, 4-11-2009)
Year: 2009
News you can use ACES online
Recently, the excise and service tax department unveiled
the Automation of Central Excise and Service Tax (ACES), a workflow-based
application software available at www.aces.gov.in. An application-based
facility, ACES would be installed at all the Central excise centres in
Bangalore and Hyderabad initially and throughout the country by end-2009,
enabling the assessees to do all transactions with the department through the
Net. ACES would completely replace the current mode of manual filing of
returns, payment of taxes, seeking of refund and rebate on duties, helping
assessees obtain registration under Central excise/service tax and also view
and track status of their document online. Some of the services offered online
include registration, filing and tracking of documents, e-mails of
business-related issues, payment of Central excise and service tax and a help
line.(Source : Business India Magazine, 1-11-2009)
Prolonged use of cellphones causes cancer
Heavy mobile phone users face a higher risk of developing
cancers, according to a landmark international study overseen by the WHO.Even though the conclusion of the research will be revealed
only later this year, a preliminary breakdown of the results found a
‘significantly increased risk’ of some brain tumours ‘related to use of mobile
phones for a period of 10 years or more’ in some studies.The conclusion of the £ 20 million study, while not
definitive, will undermine assurances that the devices are safe. Several
countries, notably France, have started strengthening warnings in this regard
and American politicians are urgently investigating the risks.The Interphone inquiry has been probing the link between
exposure to mobile phones and three types of brain tumour and a tumour of the
salivary gland. The landmark international project carried out research in 13
countries, interviewing tumour sufferers and people in good health to see
whether their mobile phone use differed. It questioned about 12,800 people
between 2000 and 2004, the report said.However, a breakdown of the latest findings shows that six
of eight Interphone studies found some rise in the risk of glioma (the most
common brain tumour), with one finding a 39% increase.(Source : The Times of India, 25-10-2009)
Notification No. 20/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 : w.r.t. sub-clause (n) of clause (105) of S. 65.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Notification No. 20/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 :
w.r.t. sub-clause (n) of clause (105) of S. 65.
By this Notification the services provided to any person by
a tour operator having a contract carriage permit for inter-state or
intrastate transportation of passengers, excluding tourism, conducted tours,
charter or hire service, have been made exempt from levy of service tax.
Notification No. 21/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 : Amendments in Notification No. 1/2002-Service Tax, dated 1-3-2002.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Notification No. 21/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 :
Amendments in Notification No. 1/2002-Service Tax, dated 1-3-2002.
By this Notification, the levy of service tax has been
extended to services provided at the installations, structures and vessels in
the entire Continental Shelf of India and Exclusive Economic Zone of India.
Notification No. 19/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 : w.r.t. sub-clause (zzb) and (zzp) of clause (105) of S. 65.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Notification No. 19/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 :
w.r.t. sub-clause (zzb) and (zzp) of clause (105) of S. 65.
By this Notification services in relation to transaction of
purchase and sale of foreign currency between scheduled banks have been made
exempt. This exemption is applicable only for banks included in Second
Schedule of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.
Notification No. 18/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 : w.r.t. sub-clause (zzb) and (zzp) of clause (105) of S. 65.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Notification No. 18/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 :
w.r.t. sub-clause (zzb) and (zzp) of clause (105) of S. 65.
By this Notification the taxable service provided to an
exporter for transport of the goods by road and service provided by a
commission agent located outside India for procuring orders (Exemption is
limited to 1% of the FOB value) has been exempted from service tax subject to
conditions.
Notification No. 17/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 : Services received by exporters exempted.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Notification No. 17/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 :
Services received by exporters exempted.
This Notification supersedes Notification No. 41/2007-
Service Tax, dated the 6th October, 2007. By this Notification taxable
services specified in column (3) of the Table appended to this Notification
received by an exporter of goods and used for export of goods pertaining to
sub-clauses of clause (105) of S. 65 have been exempted from service tax.
Exemption to some clubs and associations : Notification No. 16/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 w.r.t. sub-clause (zzze) of clause (105) of S. 65.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Exemption to some clubs and associations : Notification No.
16/2009-Service Tax, dated 7-7-2009 w.r.t. sub-clause (zzze) of clause (105)
of S. 65.
By this Notification, services provided by certain clubs
and associations have been made exempt from the levy of service tax.
Amendment to the Notification No. VAT-1505/CR-237, dated 17-10-2005 regarding mobile phones : Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-81-E/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Amendment to the Notification No. VAT-1505/CR-237, dated
17-10-2005 regarding mobile phones : Notification No.
VAT-1509/CR-81-E/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
By this Notification the Commissioner has deleted some
items from Entry C-56 so that some products like mobile phones, digital
camera, etc. are liable at 12.50% w.e.f. 1-7-2009.
Service Tax Update
Notifications :
Cooking oils fail health test
51 Cooking oils fail health test
Trans fat, a known trigger for heart attacks, causing
thousands of premature deaths globally every year, has been found in
tremendously high quantities in almost all popular Indian cooking oils.
Laboratory tests conducted by Delhi-based Centre for Science
and Environment (CSE) on seven vanaspati brands, 21 different brands of
vegetable oils (soyabean, sunflower, groundnut, mustard, coconut, olive, sesame
and palm), desi ghee and butter available in Indian markets found that trans fat
levels were five to 12 times higher than the world’s recommended standards in
all vanaspati brands.
According to the latest recommendations, trans fat in oil
should not exceed 2% of the total oil. However, the study found trans fat levels
to be as high as 23.7% in the case of Panghat vanaspati brand and 23.31% in the
case of Raag vanaspati. Rath vanaspati had 15.9% trans fat, Gagan had 14.8%,
Jindal had 13.7% while Gemini had 12.7% trans fat content.
Interestingly, the lowest trans fats level was found in desi
ghee and in Amul butter — 5.3% and 3.73%, respectively.
Trans fat occurs when liquid oils solidify by partial
hydrogenation, a process that stretches food shelf life and changes safe
unsaturated fat into a killer. It is known to increase bad LDL cholesterol,
triglycerides and insulin levels and reduces beneficial HDL cholesterol. Trans
fats also trigger cancer, diabetes, immune dysfunction, obesity and reproductive
problems.
In 2005, all restaurants in California went trans fat free
voluntarily. In 2008, the US government made it mandatory. The following year,
even New York banned trans fat. Scientists say an increase of 5 gm of trans fat
a day is equivalent to a 25% increased risk of cardiovascular diseases.
Shockingly, say CSE researchers, even while Indian food
regulators have accepted trans fat as a serious health concern, they are
delaying setting the standard, presumably under pressure from the edible oil
industry. As a result, India has no regulation to check the content of trans fat
in oil.
In 2004, the Health Ministry’s oils and fats sub-committee,
under the Central Committee for Food Standards, begun discussions on a standard
for trans fat. In January 2008, the sub-committee forwarded its recommendations
to the Central Committee for Standards. But the Central Committee is still
awaiting more data and information.
(Source : The Times of India, 4-2-2009)
Nil rate of tax for solar energy devices : Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-81-B(1)/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Nil rate of tax for solar energy devices : Notification No.
VAT-1509/CR-81-B(1)/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
By this Notification the Commissioner has notified list of
solar energy devices under Entry A-56 at NIL rate of tax w.e.f. 1-7-2009.
Concessional rate for sales by a registered dealer to the Department of Space, Government of India of goods used in Satellite Launch System : Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-81-A/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Concessional rate for sales by a registered dealer to the
Department of Space, Government of India of goods used in Satellite Launch
System : Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-81-A/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
By this Notification the Commissioner has added an entry to
the Schedule appended to Notification No.VAT-1505/C.R.-192/Taxation-1, dated
19-4-2007 so that specified sales by a registered dealer to the Department of
Space, Government of India of goods used in Satellite Launch System can be
made at concessional rate of tax.
Maharashtra Tax Laws (Levy, Amendment and Validation) Act, 2009 : Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-78/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Maharashtra Tax Laws (Levy, Amendment and Validation) Act,
2009 : Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-78/Taxation-1, dated 29-6-2009.
By this Notification the Commissioner has notified
Maharashtra Tax Laws (Levy, Amendment and Validation) Act, 2009 to be
effective from 1st July 2009 wherever applicable.By Maharashtra Tax Laws (Levy, Amendment and Validation)
Act, 2009 following Acts are amended :
(a) Amendment to Schedule I appended to the Bombay Stamp
Act, 1958;(b) Amendment to Third Schedule appended to the Bombay
Motor Vehicles Tax Act, 1958;(c) Amendment to Schedule I of the Maharashtra State Tax
on Professions, Trades, Callings And Employments Act, 1975;(d) Amendment to S. 20, S. 29, S. 30, S. 63, S. 85 and
amendment to Schedules A, B, C & D of the Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act,
2002.
Maharashtra Value Added Tax (2nd Amendment) Rules, 2009 : Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-16/Taxaion, dated 18-6-2009.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Maharashtra Value Added Tax (2nd Amendment) Rules, 2009 :
Notification No. VAT-1509/CR-16/Taxaion, dated 18-6-2009.
By this Notification the Commissioner has amended Rules 17,
17A, 20, 40, 41, 45, & 53.
Waiver of penalty in certain cases for non-filing of returns within prescribed time : Trade Circular No. 21T of 2009, dtd. 4-7-2009.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Circulars
-
Waiver of penalty in certain cases for non-filing of
returns within prescribed time : Trade Circular No. 21T of 2009, dtd.
4-7-2009.
In pursuance of the announcement made by the Finance
Minister in his Budget Speech, the Commissioner has announced a scheme for
waiver of penalty as follows :
(a) if the dealers, who have not filed one or more
returns for the periods starting on or after 1st April 2005 and ending on
30th June 2009, file all such pending returns electronically along with the
due payment with interest on or before 31st July 2009, then penalty for late
filing of returns will not be levied.(b) In a case where for the period starting on or after
1st April 2005 and ending on 30th June 2009, if penalty is imposed and
recovered, then the dealer will not be entitled for the refund of such
amount.(c) In a case where the penalty has been already levied
for non-filing of returns but the same has not been paid by the dealer, it
will not be recovered if the dealer files all his pending returns
electronically with payment of tax and interest up to 31st July 2009.(d) Where the penalty is already levied and the dealer
has filed an appeal against the said penalty order, then the said penalty or
part of the penalty outstanding shall not be recovered if the dealer files
all his returns up to 31st July 2009 along with payment of tax with
interest. The dealer must however, withdraw the appeal against such order
unconditionally before availing this benefit. The part payment made in
appeal shall not be refunded.
Amendment to Rule 58 by inserting Sub-Rule (1A) : Notification No. VAT-1507/CR-53/Taxation-1, dated 1-6-2009.
Part B : Indirect taxes
Updates in VAT and Service Tax :
MVAT UPDATE
Mvat Notifications
-
Amendment to Rule 58 by inserting Sub-Rule (1A) :
Notification No. VAT-1507/CR-53/Taxation-1, dated 1-6-2009.
By this Notification, the Commissioner has amen-ded Rule 58
by inserting Sub-Rule (1A) after Sub-Rule (1) with retrospective effect from
20-6-2006.New Sub-Rule (1A) lays down the method of valuation of
goods transferred in the execution of construction contracts wherein, along
with the immovable property, the land or interest in the land, underlying the
immovable property is to be conveyed. The value of the said goods at the time
of the transfer shall be calculated after making deductions under Sub-Rule (1)
and for the cost of the land from the total agreement value. The cost of the
land shall be determined in accordance with the guidelines appended to the
Annual Statement of Rates prepared under the provisions of the Bombay Stamp
(Determination of True Market Value of Property) Rules, 1995, as applicable on
the 1st January of the year in which the agreement to sell the property is
registered. Deduction towards cost of land under this sub-rule shall not
exceed 70% of the agreement value.
Pledged share disclosure diktat may extend to holding companies.
share disclosure diktat may extend to holding companies.
The Securities and Exchange
Board of India (SEBI) is considering amendments to regulations with regard to
pledging of shares by promoters of listed firms to include their holding
companies too.
The regulator was examining if
promoters can be asked to disclose pledging of a holding company shares with
banks and non-banking finance companies (NBFCs).
In the aftermath of the Satyam Computers fiasco, Sebi had mandated that
promoters of listed companies disclose the amount of shares they had pledged.
The shares of holding companies were, however, kept out of the purview of this
guideline as holding companies were not listed on exchanges.
Disclosing information about
shares of holding companies involves the risk of divulging vital information
about the monetary value of their shares and the firm’s holding pattern in
subsidiary firms that are listed. Any fall in the valuation of shares of holding
companies, if pledged, would result in lenders asking the promoters to top up
their margins. In case the promoters fail to do so, the lenders may sell the
pledged shares to recover their dues.This raises the hazard of effecting a
change in ownership, and the market regulator has received representations that
such risks need to be communicated to investors. Sebi is currently examining
possibilities and consequences of any such amendment. The issue is quite complex
as holding companies are generally unlisted and, hence, don’t fall under Sebi’s
purview.
(Source : The Business
Standard, 14-3-2009)
Auditors may get powers to refuse to sign accounts
may get powers to refuse to sign accounts
Auditors may get powers to
refuse signing a company’s accounts if these are not found to be in order. A
special group constituted by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
(ICAI), the statutory body regulating the profession in India, is veering round
to the view that the Institute should push for statutory backing to such a move.
Company balance sheets could
soon acquire a new look, with the Government asking ICAI to suggest ways to
strengthen reporting norms following Satyam Computer Services founder Ramalinga
Raju’s shock confession to long-term financial fraud on January 7. ICAI sources
said the mandate from the Government was to ensure that company managements did
not use notes to accounts as a cover-up for misdemeanors.
Currently, auditors may only
qualify accounts if managements are unwilling to accept the discrepancies they
point out. “If the law mandates that the management has to incorporate the
effects of the qualifications, the situation will be completely different. This
will also help us penalise auditors for lapses,” said an ICAI source privy to
the discussions.
“Over the next few months you
will see steps such as those initiated by the US after the Enron and Worldcom
controversies,” another MCA official said.
(Source : Business Standard,
9-3-2009)
Multiple auditors may make entry in India Inc books
auditors may make entry in India Inc books
Companies may soon have to get
their financial statements vetted by more than one auditor. The Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), the country’s accounting and auditing
rule-maker, is considering a proposal to make it mandatory for companies to get
their books audited by more than one auditor, so that each of the audit firms
could observe the practices followed by the other. The regulator believes the
move will ensure that auditors do not enter into a cosy arrangement with the
company management.
Joint auditing of financial
statements is a common practice within public sector undertakings (PSUs), due to
the huge volume of data auditors are required to go through. Even as PSUs engage
joint auditors for the reason of a judicious division of their audit work,
private companies are not always in favour of engaging more than one auditor.
Audit in India can be done by CAs whose names are registered with the ICAI.
Auditors of PSUs are selected from a list of chartered accountants whose names
are cleared by the office of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG).
(Source : The Economic Times,
9-3-2009)
Warren Buffett’s advice for 2009
Warren Buffett’s advice for 2009
We begin this New
Year with dampened enthusiasm and dented optimism. Our happiness is diluted and
our peace is threatened by the financial illness that has infected our families,
organisation and nations. Everyone is desperate to fine remedy that will cure
their financial illness and help them recover their financial health. They
expect the financial experts to provide them with remedies, forgetting the fact
that it is these experts who created this financial mess. Every new year, I
adopt a couple of old maxims as my beacons to guide my future. This
self-prescribed therapy has ensured that with each passing year, I grow wiser
and not older.
This year, I invite
you to tap into the financial wisdom of our elders along with me, and become
financially wiser.
Hard work |
||
Laziness |
: |
A sleeping lobster is carried away by |
Earning |
: |
Never depend on a single source of |
Spending |
: |
If you buy things you don’t need, |
|
|
Don’t save what is left after spending. Spend what is |
Borrowings |
|
The borrower becomes the lender’s slave. |
Accounting |
: |
It’s no use carrying an umbrella, if your shoes are leaking. |
Auditing |
: |
Beware of little expenses. A small leak can sink a large ship. |
Risk-taking |
: |
Never test the depth of the river with both feet. (Have an alternate plan ready) |
US economy crisis — $ 1 salary for Citi Group chief
crisis — $ 1 salary for Citi Group chief
Faced with national outrage at
the financial meltdown in the US channelled through a hearing by angry
law-makers, the India-born CEO of Citigroup Vikram Pandit said he will take a
salary of $ 1 and no bonus until the bank, which has accepted $ 45 billion in
government bailout money, returns to profitability.
People lined up from 6 a.m. in
the Rayburn office building for the 10 a.m. hearing, an indication of how deep
the economic crisis is now cutting into society. The testimony was also reviewed
extensively on line. About Pandit’s $ 1 offer, one blogger commented, “He’s
still overpaid.” Such is the anger in America.
(Source : The Times of India,
13-2-2009)
Dissolution of a Partnership Firm : SC Decision
1.1 The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 (‘the Act’) provides for registration of partnership firms with the Registrar of Firms. Registration under the Act is voluntary and not compulsory as in England. However, u/s. 69 of the Act, in the case of firms which are unregistered, the partners of the firm cannot file any suit in a Court. Thus, this is a disability for all unregistered firms.
1.2 In spite of the above disability, the partner of an unregistered firm is entitled to sue for dissolution of the firm. This position was amended in the State of Maharashtra by the introduction of S.69(2A) and S.69(3)(a). Hence, partners of an unregistered firm in the State of Maharashtra, could not even sue for the dissolution of the firm or for realisation of the property of a dissolved firm.
1.3 This amendment in Maharashtra caused a great deal of hurdles for partners of unregistered firms and was challenged as being unconstitutional. The Bombay High Court upheld the validity of this amendment. Recently, the Supreme Court, in the case of V. Subramaniam v. Rajesh Raghuvendra Rao, Civil Appeal No. 7438 of 2000 decided on 20th March, 2009, had an occasion to consider the Constitutional validity of this important amendment. This article analyses this important judgment and the principles laid down therein.
II. Existing Legal Position
2.1 S.69 of the Act provides as under :
“69. Effect of non-registration — (1) No suit to enforce a right arising from a contract or conferred by this Act shall be instituted in any Court by or on behalf of any person suing as a partner in a firm against the firm or any person alleged to be or to have been a partner in the firm unless the firm is registered and the person suing is or has been shown in the Register of Firms as a partner in the firm.
(2) No suits to enforce a right arising from a contract shall be instituted in any Court by or on behalf of a firm against any third party unless the firm is registered and the persons suing are or have been shown in the Register of Firms as partners in the firm.
(3) The provisions of sub-sections (1) and (2) shall apply also to a claim of set-off or other proceeding to enforce a right arising from a contract, but shall not affect —
(a) the enforcement of any right to sue for the dissolution of a firm or for accounts of a dissolved firm, or any right or power to realise the property of a dissolved firm; or
(b) the powers of an official assignee, receiver or Court under the Presidency-towns Insolvency Act, 1909 (3 of 1909), or the Provincial Insolvency Act, 1920 (5 of 1920), to realise the property of an insolvent partner.”
2.2 The Maharashtra Amendment Act of 1984 inserted sub-section 2A in s.69 with effect from 1st January, 1985 which read as follows :
“(2-A) No suit to enforce any right for the dissolution of a firm or for accounts of a dissolved firm or any right or power to realise the property of a dissolved firm shall be instituted in any Court by or on behalf of any person suing as a partner in a firm against the firm or any person alleged to be or to have been a partner in the firm, unless the firm is registered and the person suing is or has been shown in the Register of Firms as a partner in the firm.
Provided that the requirement of registration of firm under this sub-section shall not apply to the suits or proceedings instituted by the heirs or legal representatives of the deceased partner of a firm for accounts of a dissolved firm or to realise the property of a dissolved firm.”
It also replaced the aforesaid clause (a) of subs-section 3 of S.69 of the Act and the amended S.69(3) read as follows :
“(3) The provisions of sub-sections (1), (2) and (2-A) shall apply also to a claim of set-off or other proceeding to enforce a right arising from a contract, but shall not affect —
(a) the firms constituted for a duration up to six months or with a capital up to two thousand rupees; or”
2.3 The net effect of the amendments in the State of Maharashtra were as follows :
(a) A partner in an unregistered partnership firm could not file a suit for :
(i) dissolution of the firm; or
(ii) accounts of a dissolved firm; or
(iii) realising the properties of a dissolved firm.
(b) The only exception when he could do so was where the firm was only 6 months old or its capital was up to Rs. 2,000 only.
Thus, a partnership firm could come into existence without being registered, but it could not go out of existence (dissolved) since it was not registered.
III. Principles laid down by the SC
3.1 The Bombay High Court had upheld the validity of the above provision which prevented a partner of an unregistered firm from suing for dissolution. Aggrieved by this decision, the appellant, V. Subramaniam, preferred an appeal before the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court laid down various important principles in its judgment.
3.2 Firm not a separate legal entity
The Court observed that unlike in the case of a company, a firm is not a separate legal entity and it does not have a personality distinct from its partners. The registration of a firm also does not give it the status of an artificial juridical person. The partners are the real owners of the firm’s property. The property belongs to the partners. This position is distinct from that in the case of a company.
3.3 Constitutional validity
3.3.1 The Supreme Court held that Art. 300A of the Constitution states that no person shall be deprived of his property except by authority of law. Sub-section 2A deprived a partner from his share in the property of the firm and that too without any compensation. The Court observed the various ways in which deprivation of property can take place by :
(a) Destruction of property as held in Chiranjit Lal Chowdhuri vs. UOI, AIR
1951 SC 41.
b) Confiscation of property as held in Ananda Behera vs. State of Orissa, AIR 1956 SC 17.
c) Revocation of a proprietary right granted by a ‘private proprietor’ as held in Virendra Singh vs. State of U.P., AIR 1954 SC 447.
d) Seizure of goods as held in Wazir Chand vs. State of H.P., AIR 1954SC 415 or seizure of immovable property as held in Virendra Singh vs. State of U.P., AIR 1954 SC 447.
e) By assumption of control of a business in exercise of the ‘police power’ of a State as per the decision in Virendra Singh vs. State of U.P.
f) A municipal authority, which, under statutory powers, pulls down dangerous premises as per the decision in Nathubhai Dhulaji vs. Municipal Corporation, AIR 1959 Born. 332.
g) An insolvent being divested of his property as per the decision in Vajrapuri Naidu, N. vs. New Theatres, Carnatic Talkies Ltd., 1959(2) MLJ 469.
3.3.2 The Court also held that the amendment was violative of Art.14 of the Constitution which guarantees the right to equality. Under the present law, partners of an unregistered firm were placed on an unequal footing vis-a-vis partners of a registered firm. Further, the amendment was ultra vires Art, 19(1)(g) which guaranteed all persons the right to practise any profession or trade. The State was empowered to reasonable restrictions on this right. However, a reasonable restriction meant that the limitation should not be arbitrary or unjust or excessive. A proper balance should be struck between the restriction and the fundamental right of freedom granted by Art. 19. A law is invalid if it is arbitrary and of excessive nature and goes beyond what is in public interest as held by the Supreme Court in Maneka Gandhi vs. UOI, AIR 1978 SC 597.
3.3.3 The Court observed that the amendments were crippling in nature. It would have the effect that the partnership cannot be put to an end by filing a suit for dissolution. It may happen that a dishonest partner who was in control of the business or if he is stronger than the rest, can deprive the other partners of their dues from the firm. This would be extremely unjust and unfair. The Court observed that the Section created a situation, where businessmen will be very reluctant to enter into unregistered firms since they would not be able to dissolve the firm and get back the money which they have got in the firm.
IV. Conclusion
The Court ultimately held that the amendment was ultra vires of Art. 14, 19(1)(g) and 300A of the Constitution and hence, it was struck down as being unconstitutional. Accordingly, the Act in Maharashtra should now be read as if it does not contain sub-section (2A) and the revised clause (a). Thus, a partner of an unregistered firm can now sue for dissolution or for accounts or for property of such a firm.
Accounting Frauds : Prosecution under IPC
1. Introduction :
1.1 Accounting frauds and scams, from being rare, are
becoming a norm. India has also had its share of frauds. Corporate India is yet
reeling from the recent case of Satyam Computers, an instance where the
promoters, CFO and auditors have been taken into ‘custody’. At a time like this,
it is relevant to consider penalties prescribed under the Indian laws for such
frauds.
1.2 Punishment for offences relating to accounting fraud,
forgery, etc., in case of companies are prescribed under two Statutes — the
Companies Act, 1956 and the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (‘the Code’).
Criminal Law in India is mainly governed by two major Acts : the Indian Penal
Code, 1860 and the Criminal Procedure Code, 1973. While the Indian Penal Code
deals with what can be considered as an offence and the punishment for various
offences, the Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 prescribes procedures and
formalities which must be followed in trying an offence.
1.3 As chartered accountants we rarely bother about criminal
law . . . However, Satyam’s case indicates that sometimes willingly or
unwillingly, we may become a party to criminal proceedings. Hence, it becomes
necessary to at least have a fair understanding about the basics of criminal
law. Further, even in cases of economic offences, criminal cases may be
initiated against companies, its officers and businessmen. In such an event it
would be of great assistance if we have some knowledge of criminal law. This
article examines some of the punishments prescribed under the Code for
accounting frauds. Some of the sections herein examined are those which form
part of the chargesheet filed by the Police in Satyam’s case.
2. Falsification of Accounts (S. 477-A) :
2.1 S. 477-A of the Code expressly deals with
Falsification of Accounts. It makes falsification of books and accounts
punishable. It also makes the act of making false entries or
omitting or altering any false entry punishable.
2.2 S. 477-A deals with the following two types of distinct
offences :
à
Falsification of accounts
à
Making of false entries
2.3
Falsification of Accounts :
à
The offender must be a clerk, officer or a servant.
à
He must have acted willfully and with an intent to defraud.
à
He must either destroy, alter, mutilate, falsify any book, electronic record,
paper, writing, valuable security, or account.
à
The above-mentioned documents must be of his employer.
2.4
Making False Entries :
à
The offender must be a clerk, officer or a servant.
à
He must have acted willfully and with an intent to defraud
à
He makes/abets any false entry or omits/ alters/abets the making of any
entry from any book, electronic record, paper, writing, valuable security, or
account.
2.5 The punishment for both the above-mentioned type of
offences is an imprisonment up to 7 years and/or a fine. The offence is a
non-cognisable offence under the Criminal Procedure Code. A non-cognisable
offence would mean one where the police can arrest only on the basis of a
warrant issued by a Magistrate. The police cannot arrest an accused merely on
the basis of a complaint, etc., like they can in the case of grievous crimes,
such as murder. The accused can get a bail against this offence.
2.6 For a charge u/s.477-A, it is not necessary to
show the following evidence that :
à
any particular person was defrauded. A general intent to defraud is enough.
à
any specific sum of money was involved.
à
the offence was committed on a particular date.
2.7 The person charged of the offence — the offender — must
be either a clerk, officer or a servant. Any other person is not covered by S.
477-A. The person must be employed by the employer in either of three
capacities. There must be an employer-employee relationship — Hari
Prasad v. State of UP, 1953 Cr. Lj 1496 (All). It has been held that
if a partner of a firm also has dual responsibilities to manage the business, or
write up the firm’s accounts, then he would be covered under this Section and
can be prosecuted for any such offence. A working director/managing director
would be a servant of his employer, i.e., the company.
2.8 Intention to defraud is essential to attract this
Section. Thus, something which is not true must be passed off as true with an
intention to cause some kind of injury to property. Two essential elements are,
deceit and injury. Hence, either there must be a suppression of the
truth or there must be a suggestion of a lie.
2.9 An important principle to note is that the sanction of the Company Court is not needed for prosecuting the managing director of a company in liquidation for an offence u/s.477-A of the Code. The Companies Act does not impact proceedings instituted by the Liquidator – C. Hanumantha Rao v. T. S. Rama Rao, AIR 1961 AP 493.
3. Forgery (S. 465) :
3.1 S. 465 punishes an act of forgery with a term of up to 2 years and/ or fine.
3.2 The term forgery is defined in S. 463 to mean:
- the act of making a false document or part I thereof
- with an intent to :
- cause damage or injury to a person or to the public
- support any claim or title
- cause any person to part with any property
- cause any person to enter into any contract
- commit fraud
3.3 Forgery takes place only when a false document is made with an intent of causing damage or injury to any person. A false document is one where the person making it does so with the intention that it appears to have been made by another person.
4. Forgery of a Valuable Security (S. 467) :
4.1 S. 467 of the Code deals with an offence of a forgery of a valuable security. The important facets of this Section are as follows:
- there must be a forgery.
- it must be in respect of a valuable security, or must give authority to a person to make or transfer a valuable security or to receive principal, interest or dividend thereon. A valuable security is a document whereby any legal rights are created, extended, transferred, extinguished, released, etc. In Hari Prasad v. State of UP, 1953 Cr. Lj 1496 (All), it was held that account books containing entries which are not signed by any party are not valuable security.
- it could also be in respect of a document acknowledging the payment or money or a receipt.
4.2 The punishment for the offence is imprisonment for life or with imprisonment for a term of up to 10 years. It also attracts a fine.
5. Forgery for Cheating (S. 468) :
5.1 S. 468 punishes a ‘forgery’ which is done for the purposes of cheating. It covers a forgery of a document or an electronic record which is done with the intention that such document/record shall be used for cheating. Falsification of books of accounts for the purposes of cheating are covered under this Section – Banessur Biswas (1872) 18 WR (Cr) 46.
5.2 S.415 definesthe term ‘cheating’ as follows:
There must be a deceit of a person by fraudulent or dishonest means.
As a result of such deceit, the other person must either:
- deliver property to another person; or
- consent to retention of property by another person; or
- do or omit to do anything which he would not do
The above act or omission must cause damage or harm to mind, body, reputation or property of the person.
In the above case, the offender who deceives is said to cheat the other person.
5.3 It is noteworthy that the Section states the of-fender must have an intention of cheating while committing the forgery. Actual cheating or the fact that someone has indeed been cheated is not material to attract this Section. It is required to prove that the document has been forged by the accused and the accused did so with an intention of cheating.
5.4 The punishment prescribed for such an offence u/s.417 is imprisonment of up to 7 years and also fine. This offence is also a non-cognisable offence punishable by a Magistrate.
6. Using a Forged Document as a Genuine Document (5. 471) :
6.1 According to the provisions of S. 471, if any person fraudulently or dishonestly uses any document or an electronic record as genuine when he knows or believes that the same is actually a forged document/record, then he is punishable as if he had actually forged the same.
6.2 This Section does not prescribe any penalty for the offence, but treats it as a case of a forgery. Thus, it is essential to first see whether the document is indeed a forged document. If yes, then S. 471 can be applied. The onus is on the prosecution to demonstrate that the document is forged and that the offender knew about the forgery and yet used the same as an original document in either a fraudulent or dishonest manner.
7. Cheating to cause wrongful loss (5. 418) :
7.1 S. 418 of the Code is attracted if the following conditions are satisfied:
- the offender was under an obligation imposed by law or legal contract to protect the interest of a person.
- the offender actually cheated a person.
- the offender cheated with the knowledge that he is likely to cause wrongful loss to the person cheated.
7.2 S. 418 applies to people who are entrusted with the responsibility of protecting other’s interest under a legal/contractual obligation. These include, bankers, trustees, advocates, etc. In one case the directors and accountant were accused of preparing a false balance sheet to mislead the public to induce them to deposit money with the bank. They were held to be liable of an offence under this Section. In the very old case of Giles Seddon v. S. J. Loane, (1910) 11 CrLj 624, the Madras High Court held that the mere fact that the balance sheet was false was not adequate to attract the provisions of this Section. The guilty knowledge of the director cannot be presumed from the mere fact that he authorised the issue of a balance sheet containing false entries but must be decided on a consideration of all the facts and circumstances, e.g., the nature of the false statements, the materiality of the amounts involved in the false entries, the ease or difficulty with which their truth or falsity could be ascertained, the course of business of the company, the position, individual standing of the directors, etc. The Court further held that mere mistakes in the classification of a debt as doubtful or bad is a matter on which experts might differ and that by itself does not warrant a case for cheating. There must exist some other corroborative evidence to show that all this was intended to be a part of a larger scheme of things conceived to deceive and cheat people. The same would even apply to a misrepresentation by way of an omission. In this case, debts due by directors were not dis-closed separately.
This is a very old judgment, almost 100 years old, and one wonders how the Courts of today would view the principles enunciated therein ?
8. Cheating to induce delivery of property (S. 420):
8.1 If cheating is done with an intention of dishonestly inducing the person deceived to deliver any property to any person, or to make alter or destroy a valuable security, then it is punishable u/s.420 of the Code. S. 420 of the Code is one of the more popular Sections of the IPC and one which is known even by laymen. What is necessary is that the act of cheating (as defined in S. 415) must be done to induce the person cheated to part with his property.
8.2 S. 420 is different in its application from S. 417 simple cheating. In the case of a simple cheating, there is no delivery of property, whereas it is an essential ingredient of S. 420.
8.3 An act of issuing a cheque when there are insufficient funds in the payer’s bank account would also constitute an offence punishable u/ s.420 if it can be demonstrated that the cheque caused deception from inception. In such a case, the act would be punishable under the Negotiable Instruments Act as well as S. 420 of the IPC.
8.4 This offence is punishable with an imprisonment of a term which extends up to 7 years and also fine.
9. Criminal Breach of Trust (5. 409) :
9.1 Certain categories of people are guilty of an offence u/ s.409 of criminal breach of trust if they being entrusted with any property have committed a criminal breach of trust in respect of the same. The categories covered includes 7 classes – public servants, bankers, brokers, factors, merchants, attorneys and agents. Such people are considered to be men of trust in whose control people entrust property. If they commit a criminal breach of trust, they are guilty u/s.409. A criminal breach of trust happens when a custodian of a property converts it to his own use or misappropriates the same for his use or dishonestly uses that property in violation of any law or contract. For example, an agent who is entrusted with his principal’s funds with instructions to only invest them in mutual funds, invests the funds in his family companies, he is guilty of criminal breach of trust. Similarly, if an advocate is an escrow account holder for a transaction and instead of investing the money in instruments instructed by the party, he invests them in his own firm, he would be guilty under this Section.
9.2 A question which arises is whether a director can be covered under this section, i.e., can he be treated as an agent of the company and covered by S. 409 if he misappropriates the property? In the case of R. K. Dalmia v. Delhi Administration, 32 Comp Cas 699 (SC), the Supreme Court held that funds which a company has in its bank account are property of the company within the meaning of the Code and persons having power to operate on that account will be guilty of criminal breach of trust if by operating on that account funds are misappropriated. Further, a director is an agent as well as a trustee of a company within the meaning of S. 409 of the Code and thus, if a director has misappropriated the company’s property, then he too can be covered by this Section.
10. Directors’ responsibilities:
10.1 The number of prosecution cases involving companies has increased recently. There is an increasing need for directors, including independent directors to be aware of the prosecution possible under Criminal Law.
10.2 Being aware of consequences under the law would make them more diligent and vigilant in the discharge of their duties.
Competition Law
India has embraced globalisation and liberalisation by throwing open its doors for large corporate houses, both Indian and foreign. Earlier restrictions have been removed, barriers reduced, etc. Even the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act which, for quite some time, was the bane of the Indian Industry has been watered down to near insignificance. It is in this background that the Parliament thought it fit to introduce a legislation to curb monopolies and promote competition. Competition is essential for the working of any economy to reduce economic inequalities. The Competition Act, 2002 (‘the Act’) is a step in this direction. The Act contains two aspects, one dealing with anti-competitive agreements, abuse of dominant position, etc., and the other dealing with the regulation of certain business combinations, such as mergers, acquisitions, etc. which have an adverse effect on competition. Recently, the Government has appointed the Chairman and two members of the Commission. The Commission is expected to begin hearings on matters of anti-competitive agreements and abuse of dominant positions soon. This Article deals with some of the salient features of the Act dealing with the regulation of business combinations. The provisions of the Act have overriding effect on any other inconsistent statute, e.g., Companies Act, Stamp Duty, FEMA, etc.
II. Background
2.1 Many countries such as the USA have an Anti-trust Law which aims at preventing monopolies and mega mergers which impede competition. These laws need to be also considered while structuring a cross-border merger. In UK, mergers and acquisitions may need the approval of the Monopolies and Mergers Commission. For instance, in the USA certain business combinations require filings and clearances with the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) or Department of Justice (DOJ) under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the HSR Act). The HSR Act requires parties to a merger to file certain information before the FTC and the DOJ before the merger proceeds. There is a minimum waiting period after filing the information with these agencies.
For instance, the acquisition of Honeywell by GE, ran into various problems under the Anti-trust provisions especially with the European Union. It was probably one of the rare acquisitions in which Mr. Jack Welch failed.
2.2 The U.K. Competition Act, 1998 is also a legislation in this direction. Similar provisions exist under the European Commission Regulations.
2.3 The Act seeks to ensure fair competition in India by the creation of a Competition Commission of India. The Commission would have a Principal Bench and several Additional Benches, including Merger Benches.
III. Business Combinations
3.1 Ss. 5 and 6 of the Act deal with the regulation of certain business combinations. While s. 5 defines the combinations which are covered within the purview of the Act, s. 6 lays down the regulations which would apply to such business combinations.
3.2 Combinations covered by s. 5
In certain cases the :
(i) acquisition of any enterprise(s) by any person(s); or
(ii) merger/amalgamation of enterprises
shall be treated as a combination of such enterprises and persons (in case of an acquisition) or enterprises (in case of an merger/amalgamation). These cases are as stated hereunder.
3.3 Acquisitions treated as combinations
Any ‘Acquisition’ where :
(a) the Acquirer and the Target Enterprise (i.e., whose control, shares, voting rights or assets are being acquired) jointly have :
(i) in India assets of a value exceeding Rs.1,000 crores; or
in India a turnover of a value exceeding Rs.3,000 crores; or
(ii) in India or abroad, in aggregate :
(A) assets of a value exceeding US$ 500 million; or
(B) turnover of a value exceeding US$1,500 million
(b) the group to which the Target Enterprise would belong post-acquisition would jointly have :
(i) in India assets of a value exceeding Rs. 4,000 crores; or
in India a turnover of a value exceeding Rs. 12,000 crores; or
(ii) in India or abroad, in aggregate :
(A) assets of a value exceeding US$ 2 billion; or
(B) turnover of a value exceeding US$6 billion
Any acquisition of control by a person over an enterprise in a case where he already has direct or indirect control over another similar enterprise which is engaged in the production, distribution or trading of similar/identical/substitutable goods or services, if :
(a) the Acquirer and the Target Enterprise jointly have :
(i) in India assets of a value exceeding Rs. 1,000 crores; or
in India a turnover of a value exceeding Rs. 3,000 crores; or
(ii) in India or abroad, in aggregate :
(A) assets of a value exceeding US$ 500 million; or
(B) turnover of a value exceeding US$1,500 million
(b) the group to which the Target Enterprise would belong post-acquisition would jointly have :
(i) in India assets of a value exceeding Rs. 4,000 crores; or
in India a turnover of a value exceeding Rs. 12,000 crores; or
(ii) in India or abroad, in aggregate :
(A) assets of a value exceeding US$ 2 billion; or
(B) turnover of a value exceeding US$ 6 billion
Any Merger or Amalgamation in which:
a) the merged enterprise would have:
i) in India assets of a value exceeding Rs. 1,000 crores; or
in India a turnover of a value exceeding Rs. 3,000 crores; or
ii) in India or abroad, in aggregate:
A) assets of a value exceeding US$ 500 million; or
B) turnover of a value exceeding US$l,500 million
b) the group to which the merged enterprise would belong post-merger would have:
i) in India assets of a value exceeding Rs. 4,000 crores; or
in India a turnover of a value exceeding Rs. 12,000 crores; or
ii) in India or abroad, in aggregate:
A) assets of a value exceeding US$ 2 billion; or
B) turnover of a value exceeding US$ 6 billion
3.4 The Value of the assets are to be computed as under:
Book Value of the Assets as per the last Audited Accounts
(-) Depreciation
(+) Value of Intangible assets such as value of
brand,goodwill, copyright/patent/ registered trademark / designs / registered user /permitted use, etc.
The last audited accounts means those pertaining to the financial year immediately prior to the financial year in which the date of the proposed merger falls. Interestingly, a similar provision has not been drafted in case of acquisitions.
3.5 Definitions
The Act defines certain terms which are used in
s.5 and s.6. These are as follows:
a) Acquisition means directly or indirectly acquiring or agreeing to acquire:
i) shares, voting rights or assets of any enterprise; or
ii) control over management or control over assets of any enterprise.
b) Control includes controlling the affairs or management by :
i) one or more enterprises, either jointly or singly, over another enterprise or group; or
ii) one or more groups, either jointly or Singly, over another ern-r pr ise or group.
c) Group means two or more enterprises which directly or indirectly are in a position to:
i) exercise 26% or more voting in the other enterprise; or
ii) appoint more than 50% of the Board of Directors in the other enterprise; or
iii) control the management or affairs of the other enterprise.
d) Enterprise means:
i) a person or a Government department engaged in any activity (including profession or occupation).
ii) of production/ storage/ distribution/ supply / acquisition/ control of articles or goods or providing services.
iii) investment or the business of acquiring, holding, underwriting or dealing with any securities of any other body corporate
iv) either directly or indirectly through its uni ts / divisions / subsidiaries.
e) Person has been defined to include an individual, HUF, firm, company, AOP /BOl, corporation, body corporate incorporated abroad, co-operative society, local authority and every artificial juridical person.
f) Shares means shares carrying voting rights and includes:
(i) any security which carries voting rights; stock unless otherwise distinguished. Thus, preference shares would not be covered.
IV. Regulation of Business Combinations
4.1 No person or enterprise can enter into a combination which causes an appreciable adverse effect on competition within the relevant market in India and if they do then such a combination shall be void. Such agreements are known as Anti-competitive Agreements. For this purpose the term relevant market means the market which may be determined by the Commission with reference to the relevant product market or the relevant geographical market of both markets. Relevant geographic market means a market comprising the area in which the conditions of combination of supply of goods or provision of services or demand for the same are distinctly homogenous and can be distinguished from the conditions prevailing in the neighbouring areas. Relevant product market means a market comprising all those products or services which are regarded as interchangeable or substitutable by the consumer. However, these provisions do not apply to any share subscription or acquisition by a Fl, Bank, VC Fund pursuant to a loan agreement. The Central Government has power to exempt any class of enterprises in public interest.
4.2 Any person or enterprise which proposes to enter into a combination, must give a notice to the Competition Commission, in the prescribed form disclosing the details of the proposed combination, within 30 days of :
a) the approval of the proposal relating to the merger or amalgamation, by the board of directors of the enterprises concerned with such merger or amalgamation;
b) the execution of any agreement or other document for an acquisition or acquiring of control.
After giving the Notice, for a period of 210 days thereof, the combination will not come into effect. Hence, the minimum waiting period is 210 days from the date of the Notice. Such a long waiting period is not only unusual compared to international anti-trust statutes but also undesirable.
The Commission shall inquire:
a) whether the disclosure made in the notice is correct;
b) whether the combination has, or is likely to have, an appreciable adverse effect on competition.
4.3 On receipt of the above Notice, the Commission shall or alternatively it may suo moto if it is of the opinion that the combination is likely to cause, an appreciable adverse effect on competition within the relevant market in India, issue a show cause notice to the parties to respond within 30 days of the receipt as to why an investigation in respect of such combination should not be conducted. Any person may also complain to the Commission that a proposed combination is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition or that it would abuse its dominant position.
4.4 In case the Commission is prima facie of the opinion that the combination has such an adverse effect, it shall, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the response direct the parties to publish details of the combination within 10 working days for bringing the combination to the knowledge or information of the public and persons affected by such combination. Any objection must be filed within 15 days. The Commission has power to call for further information.
4.5 Under section 31, the Commission has power to accept, reject or accept subject to modifications the combination. In all cases where the Commission is of the opinion that the combination has an appreciable adverse effect on competition it has powers to order that:
a) the acquisition;
b) the acquiring of control; or
c) the merger or amalgamation
shall not be given effect to. This provision is quite unusual as it gives the Commission powers to undo even a Court approved scheme of merger. Keeping in mind the fact that a merger scheme involves payment of stamp duty and consists of such other issues it would be quite interesting to learn how the merger would be undone.
4.6 The Commission has a maximum of 210 days to pass its Order in the absence of which it is deemed to have approved the Combination.
4.7 An appeal against the order of the Commission lies directly before the Supreme Court.
4.8 Concession under Regulations
The Draft Regulations issued by the Competition Commission of India have held that certain combinations are not likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition in India and hence, they would be exempted from applying to the CCl. Some of the important combinations proposed to be exempted include:
i) an acquisition of shares or voting rights by the parties, solely as an investment or in the ordinary course of business, of not more than 15% of the total shares or voting rights of the company;
ii) an acquisition of assets by the parties, not directly related to the business activity of the acquirer or made solely as an investment or in the ordinary course of business, not leading to control of the enterprise whose assets are being acquired except in certain cases;
iii) an Acquisition of or Acquiring Of Control or Merger or Amalgamation, where the assets or turnover of Rs.1,OOOcrores or Rs.3,OOO crores respectively, does not include assets of Rs.200 crores or turnover of Rs.600 crores, respectively, of each of at least two of the parties to the combination; or
iv) an acquisition of or acquiring of control or merger or amalgamation, where the minimum assets or turnover, in India, of Rs.500 crores or Rs.1,500 respectively, does not include assets of Rs.200 crores or turnover of Rs.600 crores, respectively, of each of at least two of the parties to the combination;
Thus, several overseas acquisitions by Indian companies of Foreign Companies which do not have any presence in India would not be covered within the purview of the CCL This is a welcome step towards encouraging overseas buyouts. For example, the acquisition by Tata Motors of Jagaur of UK, would not fall within the CCI’s purview, since Jaguar does not have any presence in India and the Rules provide that both the parties must have at least Rs.600 crores of turnover in India.
4.9 Till the draft regulations get finalised and the operative sections for regulation of business combinations get notified by the Government, the Commission cannot entertain any hearings in respect of business combinations. Hence, till such time, these provisions would not have any effect.
V. Directors’ Responsibilities
5.1 Under the provisions of the Act, where the person committing any offence is a company, then every person who at the time of the offence was responsible for the conduct of the business of the company as well as the company would be directly liable to be punished.
5.2 Further, any director with whose connivance, neglect or active consent any offence has been committed by the company, shall also be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished.
VI. Role of CAs
6.1 Chartered Accountants are authorised to appear before the Commission to represent the Complainant or the Defendant. This is a new area of practice for Chartered Accountants as the number of mergers and acquisitions which India is witnessing is only the tip of the iceberg.
6.2 In case of mergers or acquisitions of the auditee which satisfy the above tests and thus, fall within the purview of the Commission, the CA in his capacity as the Auditor should alert his client about the provisions of the Act and the action which can be taken by the Commission under the Act. By broadening his peripheral knowledge, the Auditor can make intelligent enquiries and thereby provide value added services to his client.
General Clauses Act
1. Introduction :
The General Clauses Act, 1897 (‘the Act’) is a unique
Act in the sense that its utility lies in the interpretation of other
enactments. Interpretation of statutes is a vexed issue which professionals in
general and tax practitioners in particular face time and again. The Act throws
light on some of these issues. This Article discusses the important provisions
of this unique Act.
2. Definitions :
S. 2 of the Act defines certain important terms. However,
unlike definitions in other acts, these definitions apply to all Central Acts
and Regulations made after March 1897 unless there is anything repugnant in the
subject or context. Some of the important terms defined by S. 2 are as follows :
2.1 The term Act when used with reference to an
offence or a civil wrong, shall include a series of acts, and words which refer
to acts done, extend also to illegal omissions.
2.2 The term affidavit includes an affirmation and
declaration in the case of persons by law allowed to affirm or declare instead
of swearing.
2.3 The term commencement, when used with reference to
an Act or Regulation, shall mean the day on which the Act or Regulation comes
into force.
2.4 The term Document includes any matter written,
expressed or described upon any substance by means of letters, figures or marks,
or by more than one of those means which is intended to be used or which may be
used, for the purpose of recording that matter. This definition is of particular
importance under the Stamp Acts, Registration Act, etc. Other enactments which
define the term document are the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 and the Indian Penal
Code. These two Acts also contain a similar definition of the term ‘document’.
2.5 The term financial year means the year commencing
on the first day of April;
2.6 A thing shall be deemed to be done in good faith
where it is in fact done honestly, whether it is done negligently or not.
2.7 The term immovable property has been defined to
include land, benefits to arise out of land and things attached to the earth, or
permanently fastened to anything attached to the earth. This is a very important
definition which is relevant for various Acts such as the Stamp Acts, Sale of
Goods Act, Sales Tax Acts, Registration Act, Central Excise Act, etc. The Bombay
Stamp Act has incorporated this definition in the Act itself. The two leading
decisions on this definition are those of the Supreme Court in the case of
Sirpur Paper Mills (1998) 1 SCC 400 and the recent case of Duncan’s
Industries (2000) 1 SCC 633. The Central Board of Excise and Customs
has issued an order u/s.37B of the Central Excise
Act, 1944 (Order No. 58/1/2002-CX, dated 15-1-2002) wherein after considering
seven Supreme Court decisions including the two mentioned above, the CBEC has
explained its position on when is a property immovable or movable. Moveable
property is defined to mean property of every description, except immovable
property. These two definitions apply to all Central Acts made after January,
1868.
2.8 Local authority is defined to mean a municipal
committee, district board, body of port commissioners or other authority legally
entitled to, or entrusted by the Government with, the control or management of a
municipal or local fund. Various decisions have held that the following
authorities are covered within the definition of a local authority — a Village
Panchayat, a Port Trust, a University, a State Road Transport Corporation, a
Dock Labour Board, a Metropolitan Development Authority, a Cantonment Board, a
Tahsildar, a District School Board, etc.
2.9 An offence means any act or omission made
punishable by any law. If an act done is made punishable by law, it is an
offence. Similarly, an offence is committed if an omission is made by a person
and that omission is punishable.
2.10 A person is defined as including any company or
association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not.
2.11 A rule means a rule made in exercise of a power
conferred by any enactment, and includes a regulation made as a rule under any
enactment.
2.12 The term sign with its grammatical variations and
cognate expressions, shall, with reference to a person who is unable to write
his name, include mark, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions.
2.13 The term son, in the case of anyone whose
personal law permits adoption, includes an adopted son; similarly, father,
in the case of anyone whose personal law permits adoption, includes an adoptive
father.
2.14 A will includes a codicil and every writing
making a voluntary posthumous disposition of property.
2.15 A year means a year computed according to the
British calendar.
3. General Rules of Construction :
3.1 Unless provided otherwise, any central Act comes into
force from the day it receives the assent of the President.
3.2 Repeal of Acts :
3.2.1 S. 6 to S. 8 deal with repealed acts and their
effects. S. 6 provides that in case any Central Act or Regulation is repealed by
any subsequent law, then, unless a different intention appears, the repeal shall
not :
(a) revive anything not in force or existing at the time at
which the repeal takes effect; or
(b) affect the previous operation of any repealed act or
anything duly done or suffered thereunder; or
(c) affect any right, privilege, obligation or liability
acquired, accrued or incurred under the repealed act; or
(d) affect any penalty, forfeiture or punishment incurred
in respect of any offence committed against the repealed act; or
(e) affect any investigation, legal proceeding or remedy in
respect of any such right, privilege, obligation, liability, penalty,
forfeiture or punishment aforesaid.
Further, any such investigation, legal proceeding or remedy,
may be instituted, continued or enforced, and any such penalty, forfeiture,
liability or punishment may be imposed as if the repealing Act or Regulation had
not been passed.
Two decisions of the Constitution Benches of the Supreme Court in the cases of Rayala Corpn. (P) Ltd. and M. R. Pratap, (1969) 2 SCC 412 and Kolhapur Canesugar Works Ltd., (2000) 2 SCC 536 have observed that there is a difference between’ omission’ of a statute and its ‘repeal’ and S. 6 of the Act applies to a repealed Section and not to one which has been omitted. The Apex Court in Kolhapur’s case held that repeal of a statute or deletion of a provision, unless covered by S. 6(1) of the Act or a saving provision, totally obliterates it from the statute book and the proceedings pending thereunder stand discontinued. These judgments were recently followed in another decision of the Supreme Court in the case of General Finance Co. v. Asst. CIT, 124 Taxman 432 (SC). The Apex Court held that the principle underlying S. 6 of the Act as saving the right to initiate proceedings for liabilities incurred during the currency of an act will not apply to omission of a provision in an act but only to repeal, because an omission is different from a repeal. Hence, while dealing with a case for prosecution for non-compliance u/s.269SS of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the Court held that as S. 276DD which dealt with prosecution for offences u/ s.269SS had been omitted (and not repealed) from the statute books, and prosecution could not be launched or continued by invoking S. 6 of the General Clauses Act after its omission. Hence, the prosecution proceedings were quashed.
3.2.2 Any Act which repeals any other enactment by which the text of any Act or Regulation was amended by the express omission, insertion or sub-stitution of any matter, then, unless a different intention appears, the repeal shall not affect the continuance of any such amendment made by the enactment so repealed and in operation at the time of such repeal. This Section refers to textual amendments and clarifies the effect of repeal of amending statutes. It is a well-settled law that the repeal of a statute does not repeal such portion of the statute as has been incorporated into another statute. Even if the original Act is repealed, the incorporated Sections still operate in the later Act. When a sub-sequent Act amends an earlier one in such a manner as to incorporate itself in the earlier one, then the earlier Act must be read and construed as if the altered words had been written into the earlier Act and the old words are cancelled, so that there is no need for a reference to the amending Act.
3.2.3 In order to revive any enactment which has been wholly or partially repealed, the purpose to do so must be expressly stated in the Act.
3.2.4 Any act which repeals and re-enacts, with or without modification, any provision of a former enactment, then references in any other enactment or in any instrument to the provision so repealed shall, unless a different intention appears, be construed as references to the re-enacted provision. In Mahindra & Mahindra v. UOI, AIR 1979 SC 798 it was held that if a provision of one statute is incorporated in another, any subsequent amendment in the former statute or even its total repeal, would not affect the provision as incorporated in the latter statute. In Gauri Shankar Gaur v. State of UP, AIR 1994 SC 169, it was held that if a later Act merely makes a reference to the earlier Act, it is only by way of a reference and all amendments, repeals, new law subsequently made will have effect, unless its operation is saved by this provision.
3.2.5 Where any Act or Regulation is repealed and re-enacted, then, any Notification, order, scheme, rule, form, or bye-law made or issued under the re-pealed Act or Regulation, shall, insofar as it is not inconsistent with the provisions re-enacted, continue to be in force, and be deemed to have been made or issued under the provisions so re-enacted.
3.3 S. 9 deals with the commencement and completion of time. It states that for the purpose of excluding the first in a series of days or any such period, it is sufficient if the Act uses the word ‘from’ and for including the last in a series of days or any such period of time to use the word ‘to’. Thus, if an Act uses the word ‘from’, then the first day should not be counted and if it uses the word ‘to’, then the last day should be included. Thus, in the case of Cartwright v. Mac Cormack, (1963) 1 All ER 11,where an insurance policy was issued for ‘IS days from the commencement of the policy’, it was held that the first day was excluded and the policy commenced from midnight of that day. In Union Bank Official Liquidator v. Padmanabha Menon, AIR 1955 NUC 1824, an application had to be made within three years from the date of appointment of the liquidator and in computing that period, the first day was to be excluded. It was held that the principle of S. 9 does not apply only when the words ‘from’ and ‘to’ are used in a statute. It only indicates that if the first day has been excluded, it is sufficient to use the word’ from’ and if the last day is to be included the word to be used is ‘to’.
3.4 According to S. ID, in case any Act requires something to be done in any Court or office on a particular day, and the same is closed on that day or on the last day of a period, then the action may be done on the next working day. However, this does not apply in cases where the Limitation Act applies. The object is to enable a person to do on the next working day what he could have done on a holiday. Thus, an act of the Court should not prejudice a person’s legal remedy, as the law does not compel the performance of an impossibility. There is a cleavage of judicial decisions over whether S. 10 applies to decrees and orders of the Courts. According to one school of thought, the Section applies and hence, if the time specified by the decree for doing something, say a payment, falls on a holiday, then the money can be deposited on the next working day. However, the other view is that S. 10 only applies to a case in which an act is allowed to be done by an Act, and not to an act to be done under a decree. If the payment is not done on the specified date since the day was a holiday, the decree can be executed. In this respect, the Supreme Court’s decision in the case of C. F. Angadi v. Y. S. Hirannayya (1972) 1 SCC 191 is relevant. The Apex Court held that where a party to a consent decree is given time to do an act on a day and he fails to do so on account of impossibility of performance, but he does on the next practicable day, then it must be held that the act was done in time and in terms of the consent decree. It is submitted that this is the more rational view. In an interesting decision in the case of Dharmsi Morarji Chemicals v. Occhavlal Hargovaindas Shah, AIR 1927 Bom. 480, a suit was to be filed and the due date for filing the suit (3 years from the date of payment) under the Limitation Act expired on 20th April. However, the suit was filed only in June. The Court ignored the delay, because in the interim period the High Court was closed on account of its annual summer vacation. It was held that if an act of a party is delayed on account of an act of the Court, then he is entitled to an extension over that period during which he is delayed by the Court’s action.
3.5 S. 11 states that distance, for the purposes of any Act, is to be measured in a straight line on a horizontal plain, unless a contrary intention appears from the statute. In Rex v. [okhu, AIR 1948 All 299, it was held that where the words used in an Act were ‘within the distance of two miles from the limits of a public ferry’, there was no reason why the distance contemplated should not be the shortest distance between the two points. This principle is also helpful under the Income-tax Act for determining whether a land is an urban agricultural land or a rural agricultural land. S. 2(14)(iii) of the Income-tax Act excludes an agricultural land from the definition of a capital asset if it is more than within 8 kilometers from the local limits of any municipality.
3.6 U/s.12, where any Act specifies any Customs/ Excise duty is to be based on any given quantity, e.g., weight, measure, value, etc. of the goods, then a similar duty is leviable according to the same rate on a pro rata basis on a greater or lesser quantity of goods.
3.7 S. 13 states that words in masculine gender would be deemed to include females and words in singular shall include the plural and vice versa. However, both these provisions apply provided they are not repugnant to the subject or the context. In E. Alfred v. First Addl. ITO, Salem, AIR 1958 Mad, it was held that the liability under the Income-tax imposed on the legal representative of a deceased attaches itself to all the legal representatives of the deceased. As per S. 13(2) of the General Clauses Act, the word ‘singular’ includes the plural and hence, when there are many representatives within the knowledge of the ITO, all of them must be served with notices. In the case of Vijaya Manohar Arbat v. Kashirao Sawai (1987) 2 SCC 278, the Court held that the expression ‘his father or mother’ in the Code of Criminal Procedure is not confined only to the father or mother of a son, but also applies to the parents of a daughter. Accordingly, the daughter has an obligation even after marriage to maintain her parents if they are unable to do so. A daughter after her marriage does not cease to be a daughter of her parents. However, the Supreme Court in the case of Dhandhania Kedia v. CIT, AIR 1959 SC 219, held that this Section can be applied only when there is nothing to the contrary Where the words of the Income-tax Act are Clear, then there is no room for application of this Section.
4. Orders, Rules:
4.1 Whenever a power to issue any Notification, order, scheme, rule, form, or bye-law is conferred, then the power includes the power to add to, amend, vary or rescind the same.
4.2 In case any Act or Regulation which is not to come into force immediately on its passing, confers a power to make rules or bye-laws, or to issue orders with respect to various matters, then that power may be exercised at any time after the passing of the Act or Regulation. However, the rules, bye-laws or orders so made or issued shall not take effect till the commencement of the Act or Regulation.
4.3 In case a power to make rules or bye-laws is conditional upon the same being made after their previous publication, then the following provisions would apply:
a) first a draft of the proposed rules or bye-laws would be published in the prescribed manner for the information of persons likely to be affected.
b) the draft should include a notice specifying a date on or after which the draft will be taken into consideration;
c) the rule-making and sanctioning authority shall consider any objection or suggestion with respect to the draft;
d) once the rule or bye-laws purported to have been made in exercise of a power to make rules or bye-laws are published in the Gazette, then it shall be conclusive proof that the same have been duly made.
5. Others:
5.1 S. 63 to S. 70 of the Indian Penal Code and the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure in relation to the issue and the execution of warrants for the levy of fines shall apply to all fines imposed under any Act, Regulation, rule or bye-law, unless provided otherwise. This provision is based on the Rule of Convenience, i.e., there is a uniform procedure for all enactments to be followed for recovery of fines, unless the statute itself provides another mode.
5.2 In case an act or omission is an offence under two or more Acts, then the offender shall be liable to be prosecuted and punished under either or any of those enactments, but he shall not be liable to be punished twice for the same offence. Thus, where an act is an offence under two or more enactments, the offender cannot be punished twice for the same offence.
5.3 Where any Act or Regulation authorises or requires any document to be served by post, the service shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and posting by registered post, a letter containing the document, and, unless the contrary is proved, to have been effected at the time at which the letter would be delivered in the ordinary course of post. Thus, a uniform procedure has been laid down in all cases requiring service of notice by post. However, this proposition may be rebutted by providing evidence to show that actually there was no service of notice. In a case where a notice was served for specific performance of an Agreement by a Registered AD and returned un-served due to alleged refusal, it was held that the Notice must be deemed to have been served – Bhabhia Devi v. P. Yadav, (1997) 3 SCC 631. In the following cases it was held that the notice is deemed to have been duly served: Shimla Development Authority v. Santosh Sharma, (1997) 2 SCC 637 (Notice sent by Registered AD, but neither the unserved notice nor the AD card was received); State of Kerala v. VTK Udaya, 1995 Suppl. (3) SCC 518 (Notice returned with endorsement ‘not known’); Harcharan Sing v. Shiv Rani, AIR 1981 SC 1284 (Addressee refused to accept letter).
5.4 Any enactment may be cited by reference to the title or short title by reference to the number and year thereof, and any provision in an enactment may be cited by reference to the Section or sub-section of the enactment in which the provision is contained. Any Act or Regulation in which a description or citation of a portion of another enactment is made shall be construed as including the word, Section or other part mentioned or referred to as forming the beginning and as forming the end of the portion comprised in the description or citation.
6. Conclusion:
The Courts have, in innumerable pronouncements, held that if a term is not defined in a particular Act, Rule, etc., then the definition given in the General Clauses Act will prevail. For instance, in the case of Karam Chand Thapar, AIR 1961 SC 838, the Supreme Court held that the purpose of the Act is to place in a single Act provisions as regards definitions of words and legal principles of interpretation which would otherwise have to be incorporated in many Acts and Regulations. The definition and the rules of interpretation contained in the Act have to be read in every other statute governed by it. Similarly, in Dulichand Laxminarayan, 29 ITR 535 (SC), it was held that the definitions given in S. 3 of the Act apply when there is nothing repugnant in the subject or the context.
Hence, knowledge of the basic provisions/principles of the General Clauses Act will assist the Auditor not only in interpreting the provisions of the Corporate and Tax Laws, but also in adding value to his advisory services.
Partnership Firm — Stamp Duty Issues
1. Introduction :
1.1 Partnership is probably the oldest form of doing
business. Even today, a majority of the businesses in India are organised as a
‘partnership’.
1.2 Stamp duty is an important source of revenue for the
Maharashtra Government.
1.3 This article deals with some issues relating to stamp
duty, which are peculiar to partnership.
2. Charge of stamp duty :
2.1 The Bombay Stamp Act, 1958 (‘the Act’), which is
applicable to the State of Maharashtra, levies stamp duty u/s.3 of the Act,
which reads as follows :
“3. Instrument chargeable with duty
Subject to the provisions of this Act and the exemptions
contained in Schedule I, the following instruments shall be chargeable with
duty of the amount indicated in Schedule I as the proper duty therefor
respectively, that is to say :
(a) every instrument mentioned in Schedule I, which is
executed in the State . . . . . . ;
(b) every instrument mentioned in Schedule I,
which . . . . . ., is executed out of the State . . . ., relates to any
property situate, or to any matter or thing done or to be done in this State
and is received in this State :”
From the analysis of S. 3, the following points emerge :
(a) The stamp duty is leviable on an instrument and
not on a transaction.
(b) The stamp duty is leviable only on those instruments
which are mentioned in Schedule I to the Act.
(c) The stamp duty is leviable on the instrument if it is
executed in the State of Maharashtra or on the instrument which, though
executed outside the State of Maharashtra, relates to any property situate, or
to any matter or thing done or to be done in the State and is received in the
State. Hence, for example, even if the instrument of partnership is executed
outside the State of Maharashtra, but if the partnership is located in
Maharashtra, and the instrument of partnership is received in Maharashtra,
then it would be subject to stamp duty under the Act.
(d) The charge of stamp duty is subject to the provisions
of this Act and the exemptions contained in Schedule I.
2.2 Instrument :
The term ‘instrument’ is defined in S. 2(1) of the Act as
follows :
“(1) ‘instrument’ includes every document by which any
right or liability is, or purports to be, created, transferred, limited,
extended, extinguished or recorded, but does not include a bill of exchange,
cheque, promissory note, bill of lading, letter of credit, policy of
insurance, transfer of share, debenture, proxy and receipt.”
Stamp duty is leviable only on a written document which falls
within the definition of instrument.
2.3 Schedule I :
Since stamp duty is levied only on the instruments specified
in Schedule I, let us look at Schedule I. Only Article 47 of Schedule I
specifically provides for levy of stamp duty on partnership.
2.4 The term ‘instrument of partnership’ and the term
‘partnership’ have not been defined in the Act.
Hence, the term ‘partnership’ would have to be under-stood as defined in the
Indian Partnership Act, 1932.
3. Stamp duty on formation of partnership :
3.1 Stamp duty on formation of partnership is levied under
Article 47(1).
3.2 According to that Article, the stamp duty on the
instrument of partnership or the deed of partnership depends upon the capital
contribution made by the partners as explained below :
(a) If the capital contribution is made only by
way of cash, then the minimum amount of stamp duty is Rs.500. Where the
contribution brought in cash is in excess of Rs.50,000, the stamp duty is
Rs.500 for every Rs.50,000 or part thereof. However, the maximum amount of
stamp duty payable is Rs.5,000. In other words, if the capital ranges from
Rs.50,000 to Rs.500,000, the stamp duty would range from Rs.500 to Rs.5,000.
If the capital contributed in cash is in excess of Rs.500,000, then the stamp
duty payable would be the maximum amount of Rs.5,000.
(b) Where capital contributed by partners is
by way of property other than cash, then the stamp duty payable is
that leviable on a conveyance under Article 25.
3.3 Article 25 :
Since Article 25 is made applicable to partnership, the
relevant provisions of Article 25 are summarised below :
Clause (a) levies stamp duty on movable
property @ 3%.
Clause (b) levies stamp duty on immovable
property. The stamp duty depends upon the location of the property, that is,
whether it is in a rural area or in an urban area and also upon the class of
municipality. The stamp duty for the city of Mumbai, is 5%.
Clause (c) provides that if it relates to both movable
and immovable property, then stamp duty will be payable at rates specified in
clauses (a) and (b), respectively. In other words, in respect of movable
property at 3% and in respect of immovable property at the rates applicable
under clause (b).
Clause (d) has two sub-clauses and both apply only to
residential premises and provide a concessional slab-rate levy in the case
of flats in a co-operative housing society.
4. Admission of partner or additional capital by
partners :
4.1 Since admission of a partner requires a fresh instrument of partnership, the question of payment of stamp duty under Article 47 would arise. However, it would be restricted only to the share of contribution brought in by the incoming partner or additional contribution brought in by the existing partners. If the incoming partner does not bring in any capital, stamp duty payable would be the minimum sum of Rs. 500.
4.2 If in an existing partnership, additional capital is brought in by one or more partners, whether it would attract stamp duty under Article 47(1) ? It is submitted that if a fresh partnership deed is not executed, then stamp duty is not payable, otherwise it would be payable only on the additional capital. The following decisions under the Income-tax Act have held that a registered document is not required when a partner introduces his immovable property into a partnership firm as his capital contribution, but a registered document is required when a partner wants to withdraw an immovable property from the firm:
a) Abdul Kareemia & Bros. v. CIT, (1984) 145 ITR 442 (AP)
b) CIT v. S. R. Uppal, (1989) 180 ITR 285 (Punj. & Har.)
c) Ram Narain & Bros. v. CIT, (1969) 73 ITR 423 (All.)
d) Janson v. CIT, (1985) 154 ITR 432 (Kar.)
e) CIT v. Palaniappa Enterprises, (1984) 150 ITR 237 (Mad.)
5. Retirement of a partner or dissolution of partnership:
5.1 Earlier there was no express provision for levy of stamp duty in the case of retirement of a partner. Now, it is expressly provided, and the stamp duty payable is the same as in the case of the dissolution discussed below.
5.2 Where on dissolution of a partnership (or on retirement of a partner), any property is taken as his share by a partner other than a partner who brought in that property as his share of contribution in the partnership, stamp duty is payable as on a conveyance under Article 25, clauses (a) to (d), on the market value of the property so taken by a partner. In any other case, the stamp duty of only Rs.200 is payable.
5.3 The implications of these provisions are as follows:
a) If a partner has introduced certain property in partnership and on dissolution of the partnership or on his retirement from that partnership, he takes that property, then the stamp duty of only Rs. 200 would be payable.
b) If a partner has introduced certain property in partnership and on dissolution of the partnership or on retirement of another partner from that partnership, that partner takes the property, then the stamp duty as is leviable on a conveyance under Article 25 would be payable. Hence, if the property is an immovable property, then the stamp duty would be 5% as explained above.
If the property is a movable property, then the stamp duty would be payable at the rate of 3%.
c) If the property acquired by the firm itself has been given to a partner on retirement or dissolution, then stamp duty of only Rs.200 is payable.
5.4 An issue arises in the case of a simultaneous admission-cum-retirement of partners done by the same deed, would the stamp duty be payable on the amount brought in by the incoming partner (gross amount) or this amount should be net of the withdrawals ? S. 5 of the Act states that if an instrument relates to several distinct matters, it shall be chargeable with the aggregate amount of duties with which separate instruments each relating to separate matters would have been chargeable under the Act. Hence, the stamp duty on the instrument of partnership should be payable with reference to the gross amount brought in by the incoming partner and should not be with reference to the net amount. In addition, the stamp duty would be payable also as on a deed of retirement, under Article 47(2).
6. Arrangements resembling a partnership:
6.1 In several cases, the owner and the builder enter into a profit-sharing arrangement, which is quite similar to that under a partnership. An issue in such a case would be, whether the arrangement is one of a Development Rights Agreement or is a partnership? The stamp duty consequences on the owner and the developer would vary depending upon the nature of the arrangement.
6.2 S. 4 of the Partnership Act defines a partnership as “the relation between persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried on by all or any of them acting for all”.
Thus, a partnership must contain three elements:
a) there must be an agreement entered into by all the persons concerned;
b) the agreement must be to share the profits of a business; and
c) the business must be carried on by all or any of the persons concerned, acting for all.
6.3 Element of profit sharing:
Thus, sharing of profits is an essential element. The instrument must demonstrate that what is happening in effect is that the net profits are being shared and not the gross returns. Various English decisions such as J. Lyons & Co. v. Knowles (1943) 1 KB 366 (CA) have held that a mere agreement to share gross returns of any property would be very little evidence of a partnership between them and there is much less possibility of there being a partnership between them. In certain English cases such as, Cox v. Coulson (1916) 2 KB 177 (lessee of a theatre and manager of a theatrical company) French v. Styring (1892) 2 CBNS 357, (joint owners of a race horse – expenses jointly borne)]; it was held that the mere circumstance of their sharing gross returns would be very little evidence of the existence of partnership.
In Sutton & Co. v. Gray, (1894) 1 QB 285, S a share-broker entered into an agreement with G, a sub-broker, that G should introduce his clients to S, receive half the brokerage in respect of the transactions of such clients put through on the exchange by S and should bear the losses in respect thereof; it was held that this did not create partnership between Sand G as no partnership was intended, and that the agreement was merely to divide gross returns and not profits of a common business.
b) Further, S. 6 of the Partnership Act is also relevant. It provides that the sharing of profits or of gross returns arising from property by persons holding a joint or common interest in the property does not of itself make such persons partners.
The relevant extracts are given below:
“6. Mode of determining existence of partnership. In determining whether a group of persons is or is not a firm, or whether a person is or is not a partner in a firm, regard shall be had to the real relation between the parties, as shown by all relevant facts taken together.
Explanation 1. – The sharing of profits or of gross returns arising from property by persons holding a joint or common interest in that property does not of itself make such persons partners.
Explanation II. – the receipt by a person of a share of the profits of a business, or of a payment contingent upon the earning of profits or varying with the profits earned by a business, does not of itself make him a partner with the persons carrying on the business; and, in particular, the receipt of such share or payment
a) by lender of money to person engaged or about to engage in any business,
b) by a servant or agent as remuneration,
c) by the widow or child of a deceased partner, as annuity, or
d) by a previous owner or part-owner of the business, as consideration for the sale of the goodwill or share thereof,
does not of itself make the receiver a partner with the persons carrying on the business.
c) A relevant case in this respect is the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Vijaya Traders, 218 ITR 83 (Mad). In this case, a construction partnership was entered into between two persons, wherein one partner S contributed land while the other was solely responsible for construction and finance. S was immune to all losses and was given a guaranteed return as her share of profits. The other partner who was the managing partner was to bear all losses. The Court held that the relationship is similar to the Explanation 1 to S. 5 and there were good reasons to think that the property assigned to the firm was accepted on the terms of the guaranteed return out of the profits of the firm and she was immune to all losses. The relationship between them was close to that of lessee and lessor and almost constituted a relationship of licensee and licensor and was not a valid partnership.
d) The profit sharing need not always be a percentage share in the profits and it can also be a fixed sum payable to some of the partners. This would not invalidate the concept of a valid partnership. The shares do not always need to be stated in proportion to the profits. – Raghunandan Nanu Kotharev. Hormasji Bamji, AIR 1927 Born. 187 and CIT v. J. K. Doshi and Co., 176 ITR 371 (Born).
6.4 Mutual agency concept:
6.4.1 Mutual agency is also a key condition of the partnership. Each partner is an agent of the firm and of the other partners. The business must be carried on by all or any partner on behalf of all.
6.4.2 What would constitute a mutual agency is a question of fact. For instance, in the case of K. D. Kamath & Co., 82 ITR 680 (SC), the Court held that control and management of the business of the firm can be left by agreement between the parties in the hands of one partner to be exercised on behalf of all the partners.
Consequently, in the case of M. P. Davis, 35 ITR 803 (SC), it was held that the provisions of the deed taken along with the conduct of the parties clearly indicated that it was not the intention of parties to bring about the relationship of partners, but they only intended to continue under the cloak of a partnership the pre-existing and real relationship of master and servant. The sharing of profits or the provision for payment of remuneration contingent upon the making of profits or varying with the profits did not itself create a partnership.
6.4.3 The Bombay High Court in the case of Sanjay Kanubhai Patel, 2004 (6) Bom C.R. 94 had an occasion to directly deal with this issue. The Court after reviewing the Development Rights Agreement, held that it is settled law that in order to constitute a valid partnership, three ingredients are essential. There must be a valid agreement between the parties, it must be to share profits of the business and the business must be carried on by all or any of them acting for all. The third ingredient relates to the existence of mutual agency between the concerned parties inter se. The Court held that merely because an agreement provided for profit sharing, it would not constitute a partnership in the absence of mutual agency.
6.5 AOP v. Partnership:
If, instead of a partnership, an association of persons is selected as an entity for the development business, then there could be some issues from a stamp duty perspective. The Bombay Stamp Act (Article 47) contains an express provision for levying stamp duty on introduction of property in the firm by way of capital contribution by a partner. However, there is no provision for introduction of property by way of capital contribution in an AOP by a member. The moot point which arises in this case is, whether Article 25 levying stamp duty (@5%) on a conveyance would apply or Article 5(h)(B) would apply under which the stamp duty would be Rs.100 only.
6.6 From the above discussions, it would be clear that a proper structuring of the transaction and a proper drafting of the relevant documents is essential to achieve the desired results.
Recession ignites unrest People worlwide take to streets as economies crash
50 Recession ignites unrest People worlwide
take to streets as economies crash
In the grand sweep of the current financial crisis, a few
riots here and there may not seem to add up to much. But it is a sign of things
to come : a new age of rebellion. The financial meltdown has become part of the
real economy and is now beginning to shape real politics. More and more citizens
on the edge of the global crisis are taking to the streets. Bulgaria has been
gripped this month by its worst riots since 1997 when street power helped to
topple a Socialist government. Now Socialists are at the helm again and are
having to fend off popular protests about government incompetence and
corruption.
Iceland, Bulgaria, Latvia : these are not natural protest
cultures. Something is going amiss. The LSE economist Robert Wade recently
warned the world was approaching a new tipping point. Starting from March-May
2009, we can expect large-scale civil unrest, he said. “It will be caused by the
rise of general awareness throughout Europe, America and Asia that hundreds of
millions of people in rich and poor countries are experiencing rapidly falling
consumption standards; that the crisis is getting worse not better; and that it
has escaped the control of public authorities, national and international.”
Governments have so far managed to deflect attention from
their role in the crash, their slipshod monitoring, by declaring themselves to
be indispensable to the solution. This may save the skins of politicians in
wealthier countries who can expensively try to prop up banks and sickly
industries. But it does not work in countries that are heavily indebted, with
bloated and exposed financial sectors.
(Source : The Times of India, 2-2-2009)
Personal touch : Name cow to get more milk
49 Personal touch : Name cow to get more
milk
By just giving a cow a name and treating it as an individual,
farmers can increase their milk yield substantially. The study by Catherine
Douglas and Peter Rowlinson of Newcastle University found that when each cow was
called by name on farms, the overall milk yield was higher than where they were
herded in a group.
“Just as people respond better to the personal touch, cows
also feel happier and more relaxed if they are given a bit more one-to-one
attention,” explained Douglas, who works at the Newcastle School of Agriculture,
Food and Rural Development.
“What our study shows is what many good, caring farmers have
long since believed. By placing more importance on the individual, such as
calling a cow by its name or interacting with the animal more as it grows up, we
can not only improve the animal’s welfare and her perception of humans, but also
increase milk production.”
Douglas and Rowlinson questioned 516 British dairy farmers
about how they believed humans could affect the productivity, behaviour and
welfare of dairy cattle. Almost half or 46% said the cows on their farm were
called by name. Those that called their cows by name had a 258 litre higher milk
yield than those who did not, said a Newcastle release.
Sixty-six percent of farmers said they “knew all the cows in
the herd” and 48% agreed that positive human contact was more likely to produce
cows with a good milking temperament. Almost 10% said that a fear of humans
resulted in a poor milking temperament.
(Source : The Times of India, 29-1-2009)
(Compiler’s remark — This is practised in India since
ancient times.)
CBI seeks HC nod to prosecute judge
47 CBI seeks HC nod to prosecute judge
The CBI has sought approval to prosecute a Punjab and Haryana
HC judge, Justice Nirmal Yadav, in the cash-at-Judge’s-door scam which came to
light in August last year. The agency said it has completed investigations in
the case and sent a report to the Union Government and the SC.
The Judge, Nirmal Yadav is accused of taking money from a
Delhi-based hotelier. Sources said that a report had been sent also to the DoPT
by the agency because the allegations against the Judge have been substantiated
by enough evidence and it now needs the approval to prosecute the Judge. In this
case the go ahead can be provided by President Pratibha Patil in consultation
with CJI K. G. Balakrishnan.
(Source : The Times of India, 24-1-2009)
Vatican demands closure of tax havens
Vatican demands closure of tax havens
Pope feels closure of
such offshore banks is the first step out of the current crisis
While international
pressure is mounting on offshore banks to relax secrecy rules, the Vatican, the
seat of the Catholic Church, wants all offshore tax havens to be closed. The
official statement from the Vatican, called an encyclical, is expected to ask
for a closure of such tax havens. The encyclical is scheduled to be released on
March 18 by Pope Benedict XVI.
The Catholic Church periodically issues the encyclical on various issues it is
concerned with. It had planned to come out with an encyclical on tax havens last
year, but postponed the date following a decision to do a thorough research on
global economics and the reasons that have led to the current slowdown.
The paper, in a
scathing attack on “unhealthy and inequitable financial practices,” also pointed
to the alarming figure of global deficit caused by offshore banking. The size of
global deficit is estimated to be around $ 255 billion, almost three times the
aid given to developing countries globally. Closure of these offshore banks,
according to the Pope, should be the first step out of the current global
economic crisis. It is also reliably learnt that the encyclical sees the tax
havens as the main conduit for transferring money from poverty-stricken nations
to the rich world and the consequent impoverishment of the people in developing
and under-developed countries.
The Vatican looks at
the huge amounts siphoned off to these offshore banks as the money that the
governments in developing countries could have utilised for helping the poor.
The Church’s concern on offshore banking also coincides with the global
awareness of fiscal dangers caused by tax havens. Such havens have also featured
in issues raised during the recent US presidential campaign. Democratic
presidential candidate John Edward had said that deposits worth $ 1.5 trillion
were held by US citizens in various offshore banks.
Current US president
Barrack Obama has vowed to check tax evasion by US citizens, estimated to be
around $ 100 billion every year. UK, too, has promised to review ‘offshore
centres’ under its jurisdiction. Unofficial estimates suggest that money stashed
away in these tax havens could be anywhere between $ 11-12 trillion.
According to a recent
report submitted to the Central Board of Direct Taxes, (CBDT) by a former
revenue official, the value of deposits held by Indians in Swiss Banks alone
could be over $ 1 trillion.
(Source : The
Economic Times, 23-2-2009)
US infrastructure on shaky ground America’s roads, dams, bridges, schools are in dire straits, according to a report by the American Society of Civil Engineers, which assigned an overall ‘d’ grade to the nation’s infrastructure
48 US infrastructure on shaky ground
America’s roads, dams, bridges, schools are in dire straits, according to a
report by the American Society of Civil Engineers, which assigned an overall ‘d’
grade to the nation’s infrastructure
America’s roads, public transit and aviation have gotten
worse in the past four years. Water and sewage systems are dreadful. The basic
physical backbone of American society is barely above failing, a report by top
engineers says. It’ll cost $ 2.2 trillion to fix America’s ailing
infrastructure, according to highlights of a report being released early, just
as the House of Representatives readies its first vote on President Barack
Obama’s call for a massive economic stimulus spending package. The country’s
roads, dumps, dams, bridges, schools and rail systems need lots of that money,
say the engineers, who would get a piece of the pie in working on the repairs.
Government officials are already aiming billions of dollars at those physical
needs as part of a $ 825 billion economic stimulus package. But the engineers
say that’s not enough. Overall, the American Society of Civil Engineers gives
the US physical backbone for everything from schools and parks to dams and
levees a D. That’s the same overall grade as the last time the group gave a
report, in 2005, but it really is slipping from a ‘high D’ to a ‘low D’, said
report chairman Andrew Herrmann.
(Source : The Times of India, 29-1-2009)
Fill vacant OBC quota seats with general category candidates : SC
34 Fill vacant OBC quota seats with general category
candidates : SC
The Supreme Court today declared that the seats re-served
for ‘other backward classes’ (OBC) in Central educational institutions that
remain unfilled can’t be carried over to the next year and would have to be
filled in the same year from the general category.
The Court also ruled that the relaxation of marks for the OBC
category should not be more than 10% of those fixed for the general category.
These orders will come into effect this year itself.
The Constitution Bench headed by Chief Justice K. G.
Balakrishnan passed the orders while hearing an application seeking
clarifications in a recent judgment on the OBC quota in Central educational
institutions, especially the ones like the IITs and IIMs. In that judgment, a
few Judges had made certain observations on the limit for relaxation of rules
for the OBC candidates. Today’s order puts to rest doubts over the issue in
Government circles, educational institutions’ managements and students.
Moving the application, senior counsel K. K. Venugopal raised
another controversial issue, namely, the economic criterion for identifying the
OBC community. He referred to a reported decision of the Union Cabinet to make
every family with income up to Rs.4.5 lakh eligible for the reservation.
The counsel said that this was contempt of Court as it was
intended to circumvent the ‘creamy layer’ rule. He recalled the declaration of
the Kerala Government some time ago that there was no ‘creamy layer’ to be kept
out of the benefit in that State. The Supreme Court had struck down the
Notification.
The Judges told the counsel that this was a separate issue
and if a petition was moved regarding this, they would consider it. Venugopal
said he would move a petition challenging the Cabinet decision.
(Source : Business Standard, dated 15-10-2008)
A reader’s feedback in Outlook Business dated 18-10-2008
33 A reader’s feedback in Outlook Business dated 18-10-2008
“Your story says that India Inc is suffering unfairly because
of imbroglios such as Singur. But, remember villagers who have no other means to
make a living are affected by such uncontrolled indus-trialisation. Progress
should be equitable, with no one left behind.”
— Anirbhan Dasgupta, Kolkata
Greenspan admits to ‘flaw’ in his
31 Greenspan admits to ‘flaw’ in his market ideology
Former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan said a
“once-in-a-century credit tsunami” has engulfed financial markets and conceded
that his free-market ideology shunning regulation was flawed.
“Yes, I found a flaw,” Greenspan said in response to a
grilling from the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform. “That is
precisely the reason I was shocked because I’d been going for 40 years or more
with very considerable evidence that it was working exceptionally well.”
Greenspan said he was “partially” wrong in opposing
regulation of derivatives and acknowledged that financial institutions didn’t
protect shareholders and investments as well as he expected. Forecasting is an
inexact science, he said.
In May 2005 speech, Greenspan said that “private regulation
generally has proved far better at constraining excessive risk-taking than has
government regulation.”
Committee Chairman Henry Waxman, a California Democrat, said
Greenspan had “the authority to prevent irresponsible lending practices that led
to the sub-prime mortgage crisis.”
“You were advised to do so by many others,” he told
Greenspan. “And now our whole economy is paying the price.”
Greenspan opposed increasing financial supervision as Fed
Chairman from August 1987 to January 2006. Policy makers are now struggling to
contain a financial crisis marked by record foreclosures, falling asset prices
and almost $ 660 billion in writedowns and losses tied to US sub-prime
mortgages.
(Source : Business Standard, dated 24-10-2008)
US Court verdict on software process patent stirs debate
29 US Court verdict on software process patent stirs debate
A US Federal Court judgment disallowing business method (or
process) patenting, may have a direct impact on the ongoing debate over
amendments to the Indian patents manual. The US judgment could help in
interpreting whether business processes or software written in India can be
patented or not.
While large IT players like Microsoft, IBM have given a
thumbs up to the Bilski judgment, Indian companies like Infosys had been
lobbying for patents on software systems and methods. A US Federal Court for
appeals in Washington ruled against Bernard Bilski, who wanted to patent a
method for managing weather-related risk through commodities trading. The Court
said that business methods (like Amazon.com Inc’s one-click to buy goods on the
Internet, which was quashed later) cannot be patented.
Sun Microsystems’s director, Jaijit Bhattacharya said that it
was a positive move towards an appropriate interpretation of innovation and
patentability of software. “It would allow a more open regime and would help in
wider access to computing technologies,” he said.
Companies like IBM, Microsoft lobbied against business method
patenting. But companies like Accenture, Royal Philips Electronics NV, Bain
Capital LC were asking for more protection for business method patenting.
However, the ruling does not significantly impact large
Indian IT services companies, as none are majorly into product development and
patenting, at least at present. India’s largest IT services company TCS said
that it’s reviewing its stand on software patenting in the light of the current
judgment.
“The ideas and frameworks for business processes should not
be patentable but the content written within those frameworks should be allowed
to be copyrighted. Indian law is also within boundaries of the US Court
judgment,” said Nasscom President Som Mittal. There are few world famous Indian
IT products — like Flexcube and Finacle. But the judgment may affect smaller
companies which want to innovate, but were earlier being strangled by large
corporations on account of patenting of a process.
The judgment may also be used in the larger debate on software patenting in the
country. Venkatesh Hariharan, founding member of Knowledge Commons, an NGO,
said : “Business method patents are seven times more likely to be litigated as
compared to other patents, because it’s difficult to determine the boundaries of
abstract patents categories like business method and software patents. Indian
law is against software patents, but in practice, several software and business
method patents have been granted and these will need to be weeded out to prevent
future litigation. Overall, this is a good decision because it will reduce the
risk of litigation that hangs over users and developers of software.” Knowledge
Commons is lobbying for ‘no patents on software in India’ if it (the software)
is not tied to a specific hardware.
According to S. 3(k) of the Indian Patent Act : “A
mathematical or business method or a computer programme per se or
algorithms are not patentable.” But software in conjunction with hardware is
patentable in accordance with Indian law, which is giving rise to ambiguity. The
Bilski judgment may however be used as a reference for drafting the amendments
to the Indian Patents Manual and will also help in interpretation of the Indian
Patent Act. While rulings over the years have used different methods to
determine if a process is patentable, the Federal Court ruling said the sole
analysis should be the ‘machine-or-transformation’ test — which requires showing
that the claimed invention is either tied to a particular machine or that it
transforms an ‘article’ (such as a substance or data).
(Source : The Economic Times, dated 1-11-2008)
Declare war on terror
30 Declare war on terror
We, the people of India,
Declare war on terror today.
We face the gravest threat as a nation.
We pledge to
Fight against those who kill the innocent
Support measures that insure our safety
Expose corruption and incompetence that endanger
our security
Defeat the enemy by having zero tolerance of terror
Eliminate the forces which propagate hate
Be united in our resolve
Till victory is ours
(Source : India Today, dated 15-12-2008)
Freedom from economics — Olympics in numbers
28 Freedom from economics — Olympics in numbers
91,000 :
The number of seats available in the Bird’s Nest.
50 :
In minutes, the time it took to send all the athletes present
back to the Olympic Village after the ceremony.
10,000 :
The number of raincoats prepared for the athletes in case of
rain.
22,000 :
The number of performers and advisors for the ceremony.
314,224 :
Couples tied the knot across China on 8-8-2008, a one-day
record for marriages since 1949, when the People’s Republic of China was
founded. In Beijing alone, the host city of the Olympics, 15,646 couples were
married, 23 times the daily average.
75 :
In minutes, the time it took for the audience to leave after
the ceremony, which was 15 minutes less than expected.
(Source : The Economic Times, 11-8-2008)
India and China — A comparison
The government simply has to find a way to deliver the
basics. That is what will defeat the Maoists and hold off China.Tensions with China and the challenge posed by Maoists have
had their share of headlines these past few weeks. They are seemingly
unconnected issues, but they come into focus together when one looks at key
statistics on economic growth and human development. Take China first, for it
has acquired massive strategic advantage in terms of global economic impact,
diplomatic reach, military might and a hold on the world’s imagination because
it has performed spectacularly over three decades. Its economy has grown
10-fold since 1978, while its foreign trade has multiplied 70-fold in the last
decade alone; its exports are now more than India’s GDP. By way of comparison,
India’s GDP has multiplied about six-fold in the same period. It will take
India a full decade to reach China’s current level of per capita income. By
then, China will have overtaken the United States as the world’s largest
economy (calculated on the basis of purchasing power parity).When it comes to human development indicators, the gap is
even greater. China’s human development index (calculated by the UNDP on the
basis of three factors — income, life expectancy and education) was 0.772 in
2007; India’s was 0.612, which was the level China had reached in 1990 ! At
the present rate of progress on the index (1.3% a year for India, about the
same as China’s), it will take two decades for India to get to where China is
today. As for economic development, China creates 10 times the power
generation capacity that India does in a year. Whichever indicator you choose,
China is one to two decades ahead of India, and on a rapid ascendancy curve.
Naturally, it will flex its muscles.All this is history, and explains power disparities between
the two countries today. What of the future ? Some answers come in the World
Competitiveness Report, put out by the International Institute of Management
Development (IMD). Among 57 countries, China ranks 20th, India comes in 30th.
What is revealing is why India ranks so low. Of four primary factors, the
country does very well on economic performance (12th) and business efficiency
(11th). But on government efficiency it ranks 35th, and on infrastructure 57th
(i.e., last !). Go into the details and the rankings become even more
instructive : the last rank is on account of education, and health and
environment, while on business legislation India comes in 42nd. In other
words, the primary challenges are in areas where action is required most of
all from the government.(Source : T. N. Ninan in Business Standard,
24-10-2009)
Stop consuming these medicines — Popular cold, pain drugs face ban
Popular and widely-used medicines like phenylpropanolamine
or PPA (found in cough and cold remedies like Vicks Action-500, Solvin,
Wincold), gastrointestinal tegaserod (marketed as Ibsinorm, Tegod, Tegibs),
anti-bacterial gatifloxacin (Gaity) and painkiller nimesulide (Nice and
Nimulid) are under government scanner on concerns raised about their adverse
reactions. The drug technical advisory board (DTAB) will take a decision next
month to ban or restrict the usage of these and other drugs whose combined
market sales are pegged close to Rs.400-500 crore a year.Other ‘controversial’ drugs, letrozole (used for
infertility treatment in women; letroz), emergency contraceptive drug
levonorgestrel (I-pill and Unwanted 72), and human placenta extract (Placentrex
lotion and gel sold by Albert David) will also be examined by the health
ministry. Besides taking a decision on banning certain drugs or restricting
the use of some, DTAB will examine next month whether emergency contraceptive
pills should be available over-the-counter (OTC) as reports of their misuse
are frequent. It will also take a decision on whether letrozole, approved for
use in breast cancer, should be used for infertility treatment or not, a
health ministry official told TOI.Earlier this year, the DTAB banned anti-obesity drug,
rimonabant, on account of its serious side effects.(Pending a formal ban, doctors should stop prescribing and
we should stop using these medicines)(Source : The Times of India, 1-11-2009)
Security body sniffs at PN path to havens — Measures to Trace origin of funds thru PNs — NSC
The National Security Council Secretariat has called for
measures to trace the origin of inflows through participatory notes (PNs) and
entities registered in tax havens like Mauritius, Cyprus and Cayman Islands, a
move that can impact both portfolio flows and foreign direct investment (FDI).Unchecked flow of funds through these routes could result
in country-specific restrictions being rendered useless, the council has
informed top guns in the government. If the traceability condition does not
materialise, the government should make prior government approval mandatory
for investment from all known tax havens, the Council has suggested.This means that investment in sectors where 100% FDI is
allowed through the automatic route would also need approval from the Foreign
Investment Promotion Board (FIPB) if the government accepts the Council’s
suggestion.In the case of PNs, the Council has called for more
disclosures since actual source of funds remains unknown even after extensive
investigation. There is also a need to distinguish investment by private funds
as compared to sovereign funds, the Council has said in a note, recommending
measures to step in security screening of FDI in view of increase in
cross-border terror attacks and escalation in money laundering.PNs are used by overseas investors, who are not registered
with SEBI, to invest in the Indian market through registered foreign
institutional investors (FIIs). Despite recent efforts to discourage
investments through PNs, flows through this route continue.Almost 44% of the equity FDI inflows into the country
originate from Mauritius while Cyprus accounts for nearly 2.93% of the FDI
flowing into India. Cayman Islands is the 12th largest source of FDI flows
into India, accounting for nearly 0.71% of the foreign investment into India.The revenue department has also been objecting to FDI from
tax havens on grounds of ‘treaty shopping’ or use of these destinations to
route funds flows with the objective of gaining a tax advantage.(Source : The Economic Times, 23-10-2009)
CVC for major penalty against 4 from CBEC and 3 from CBDT in August
The Central Vigilance Commission disposed of 536 cases
during August 2009 referred to it for advice. The Commission advised
initiations of major penalty proceedings against 106 officers. Of these, 21
were from M/o Railways, 21 from public sector banks, 13 from MCD, 8 from
Northern Coalfields Ltd., 5 from Central Coalfields Ltd., 4 each from CBEC,
MHA & Ministry of Urban Development, 3 each from P.G. Institute of Medical
Education & CBDT, 2 each from D/o Telecommunications, Ministry of Labour and
ESIC. The remaining 7 cases pertained to different departments of the
Government of India and PSUs.The Commission also advised imposition of major penalty
against 68 officers including 14 from National Aluminum Co. Ltd., 12 each from
Central Coalfileds Ltd. & Public Sector Banks, six from Ministry of Railways,
5 each from National Insurance Co. Ltd. & DDA, 2 each from Border Roads
Development Board & Central Board of Excise and Customs. Remaining 10 cases
pertained to different departments of the Government of India and PSUs.On the Commission’s recommendations, the competent
authorities issued sanctions for prosecution against 20 officers including 16
from CBEC. Major penalty was imposed on 77 officers. These included 10 from
FCI, 9 from Ministry of Railways, 8 from New India Insurance Co. Ltd., 7 each
from Public Sector Banks & Oriental Insurance Co. Ltd., 6 each from Department
of Telecommunications & ICAR, 5 from Eastern Coalfields Ltd., 3 each from DDA,
Council for Development Peoples & CBDT, 2 each from Central Warehousing Corp.
Ltd. & Ministry of Water Resources. The remaining 6 cases pertained to
different departments of the Govt. of India and PSUs.Recoveries to the tune of Rs.29.15 crore were affected
after Commission conducted technical examination of some departments.
7,500 offshore tax evaders come clean
Some 7,500 wealthy Americans turned over information about
hidden overseas assets, including some valued at more than $ 100 million,
ahead of a tax amnesty program’s deadline, the top US tax collector said. Doug
Shulman, commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, said his agency would
expand its crackdown on offshore tax evasion and will open new criminal
investigation offices in Beijing, Panama and Sydney, Australia. The amnesty
plan revealed accounts in 70 countries.Under the amnesty program that began in September, tax
cheats can declare offshore accounts and income, pay reduced fines and, in
general, get immunity from criminal prosecution. The program turned up
undeclared offshore accounts ranging from $ 10,000 to more than $ 100 million.
At the heart of the US offshore tax effort is the government’s investigation
of UBS AG (UBSN.VX). The giant Swiss bank earlier this year settled a criminal
probe by paying $ 780 million and admitting it helped US citizens evade taxes.
In August, the bank agreed to turn over 4,450 names of clients with
undisclosed offshore accounts to end a related civil lawsuit.Senator Carl Levin, a Democrat and chairman of the Senate
Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, has estimated the US loses $ 100
billion annually from international tax evasion. He questioned how many of the
individuals came forward without nudging from banks.(Source : www.financialexpress.com, 20-10-2009)
Govt. readies biz vigilance system
Having failed to detect the Satyam scam, the government has
embarked on a new vigilant system to track corporate frauds. As a part of
this, it has decided to look into companies whose financials are found to be
suspicious.There will be several triggers to generate any suspicion on
the activities of a corporate. These include things like unusually high jump
in profits, suspect related party transactions, and huge amounts of unutilised
cash and bank balance, the official said.
Once a list of suspect companies is drawn up, these would be looked into by
the RDs and the RoCs who would look into their filings and financials further.
However, this would be a noninvasive document verification exercise, the
official said, pointing out that there was no intention of hounding the
corporate sector.The technology-driven initiative comes as the government is
taking steps to further strengthen the MCA21 programme, which was initiated in
2006 and enables electronic filings, storage, retrieval, processing and
transmission of transactions, including incorporation of a company, and filing
of annual and statutory returns. The exercise to upgrade MCA21 has started,
ministry officials said.(Note : Let us keep our fingers crossed & see how
the system actually works. People behind the system are more important than
the technology involved. Corruption can subvert any sophisticated & advanced
system.)(Source : The Times of India, 27-10-2009)
PwC wants early Satyam settlement
Price Waterhouse, the Indian affiliate of global accounting
firm PricewaterhouseCoopers, has filed a consent application with capital
market regulator SEBI as part of an effort to reach an early settlement to the
ongoing investigation into the accounting fraud at Satyam Computers, renamed
as Mahindra Satyam, after the Mahindra group acquired the troubled company
earlier this year.Price Waterhouse was the statutory auditor for Satyam
Computer, whose founder Ramalinga Raju confessed in January this year to
having fudged accounts to perpetrate a Rs.7,000-crore financial fraud. A probe
into the scam revealed that documents were forged to back fake bank deposits.
Price Waterhouse filed an application late last week in response to the show
cause notice that SEBI had issued in February 2009. This consent application
is in line with SEBI’s regulations and does not acknowledge Price Waterhouse’s
alleged wrongdoing in the Satyam fraud.A Price Waterhouse spokesperson confirmed that the firm has
decided to pursue consent proceedings in relation to SEBI proceedings on the
audit of Satyam Computer Services rather than engage in a potentially long
drawn out legal proceedings with the regulator.Under SEBI rules, after a consent application is filed,
representatives of SEBI meet up with the company to arrive at some sort of a
settlement, which could also include payment of a fine. After both parties
agree to a settlement, a high powered committee of SEBI passes a consent
order.(Source : The Economic Times, 24-10-2009)
Rules under Information Technology Act notified
The Information Technology (Amendment) Act, 2008 has come
into force today. The Rules pertaining to S. 52 (Salary, Allowances and Other
Terms and Conditions of Service of Chairperson and Members), S. 54 (Procedure
for Investigation of Misbehaviour or Incapacity of Chairperson and Members),
S. 69 (Procedure and Safeguards for Interception, Monitoring and Decryption of
Information), S. 69A (Procedure and Safeguards for Blocking for Access of
Information by Public), S. 69B (Procedure and safeguard for Monitoring and
Collecting Traffic Data or Information) and notification u/s.70B for
appointment of the Indian Computer Emergency Response Team have also been
notified.With proliferation of information technology enabled
services such as e-governance, e-commerce and e-transactions; data security,
data privacy and implementation of security practices and procedures relating
to these applications of electronic communications have assumed greater
importance and they require harmonisation with the provisions of the
Information Technology Act. Further, protection of Critical Information
Infrastructure is pivotal to national security, economy, public health and
safety, thus it had become necessary to declare such infrastructure as
protected system, so as to restrict unauthorised access.So, penal provisions were required to be included in the
Information Technology Act, 2000. Also, the Act needed to be
technology-neutral to provide for alternative technology of electronic
signature for bringing harmonisation with Model Law on Electronic Signatures
adopted by United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL)
Keeping in view the above, Government had introduced the Information
Technology (Amendment) Bill, 2006 in the Lok Sabha on 15th December 2006. Both
Houses of Parliament passed the Bill on 23rd December 2008. Subsequently the
Information Technology (Amendment) Act, 2008 received the assent of President
on 5th February 2009 and was notified in the Gazette of India.(Source : Internet & Media Reports, 28-10-2009)
New cyber law casts its net wide
The country’s cyber law has finally caught up with cyber
criminals. Eight months after it received presidential assent, the amended
Information Technology Act of 2008 came into force on October 27. The amended
Act has spread its net to tackle more offences, including cyber terrorism,
Wi-Fi hacking, sending and viewing child pornography, video voyeurism,
identity theft and even spam. But at the same time, it allows the government
to intercept information and snoop on its citizens. The original Act had
effectively just one criminal S. 66 for cyber crime and it was widely worded,
but vague. The new Act covers a range of crimes that attract punishment from a
three-year jail term to a life sentence.Critics say the flip side is that it gives unfettered power
to the government to monitor all e-traffic. The information could be misused,
say cyber activists. The central government, though, says safeguards have been
put in place to check misuse.(Source : The Times of India, 28-10-2009)
One-third of 80,000 public limited companies not filing annual returns
The Corporate Affairs Ministry said that around 30% of the
80,000 public limited companies are not filing their annual returns. The
Ministry has asked the Registrar of Companies (RoC) not to strike off the
names of companies by classifying them as defunct, even if they have not filed
their annual returns for three years. This is to find out if any of such
companies have committed violations of law.The Ministry has developed an Early Warning System to find
out if any Satyam-like frauds are happening in any company. The Early Warning
would be sounded if a company’s profits show an absurd jump (that is, if they
exceed a certain threshold limit) or if companies cite absurd values regarding
their related party transactions. Besides, the warning would be sounded if a
company has huge cash balances remaining unutilised for several years, he
said. The official said the Ministry has asked RoCs and Regional Directors to
spread awareness about the advantages of getting a company listed. “Listed
companies have a better corporate profile and they have more borrowing
opportunities,” he said.(It appears that the Authorities were sleeping all these
years — they acted only as filing clerks !)(Source : Internet & Media Reports, 28-10-2009)
Changes to RTI Act will make it toothless
This is the second time in the past four years that the
Right to Information (RTI) Act, which has made a difference to the lives of
millions of ordinary people, is under the threat of becoming toothless.This time around, the Centre has proposed several
amendments to the sunshine act, including denial of information about file
notings where decision is yet to be taken and adding clauses that allow a
public information officer (PIO) to deny information by deeming it as
frivolous or vexatious in nature.
Shailesh Gandhi, who is now the Central Information Commissioner, Delhi,
emphasised that the RTI Act must not be touched as its provisions empower
citizens to procure information without delay and harassment from state
officials. “Any kind of change will only cause confusion and it will be used
as a ploy by PIOs to deny information.’’“The DoPT had proposed amendments such as defining
institutions which have substantial finance funding and even adding
sub-sections to S. 4 of the Act. S. 4 of the RTI Act empowers citizen to suo
moto inspect government files and documents and there is no need to add a
citizen charter to it. Similarly, quasi-government organisations and
charitable trusts partly funded by the government come within the ambit of the
RTI Act,’’ Gandhi said.The RTI seminar was organised by the Bombay Chartered
Accountants’ Society (BCAS) along with Mahiti Adhikar Manch and Public Concern
for Governance Trust. About 50 RTI activists and citizens participated in a
discussion on future course of action to oppose these amendments.
(Source : The Times of India, 21-10-2009)
A buffet of wisdom
Like the saying of some ancient Chinese, philosophers,
Warren Buffet’s worldly wisdom is deceptively simple and powerful in
application.Buffet’s investments achievements are unparalleled. He owes
his success to hard work, integrity and that most elusive commodity of all —
common sense. Here are some of his smartest, funniest and very memorable
saying :
You can’t make a good deal with a bad person.
The fact that people are full of greed, fear or folly is predictable. The
sequence is not predictable.
Never ask a barber if you need a haircut.
In
looking for someone to hire, you look for three qualities : integrity,
intelligence and energy. But the most important is integrity because if they
don’t have that, the other two qualities are going to kill you.
With enough inside information and a million dollars you can go broke in a
year.
It
is easier to stay out of trouble than it is to get out of trouble.
You should invest your money in a business that even a fool can run, because
someday a fool will !
(Source : From the book The Tao of Warren Buffett
by Mary Buffet and David Clark — quoted in ‘Fireside’ — The House magazine
of the Thermax Group Volume 39 No. 3 July-September, 2009)
Is India poor, who says ? Ask Swiss banks
26 Is India poor, who says ? Ask Swiss banks
With personal account deposit bank of $ 1500 billion in
foreign reserve which have been misappropriated, an amount 13 times larger than
the country’s foreign debt, one needs to rethink if India is a poor country ?
Dishonest industrialists, scandalous politicians and corrupt
IAS, IRS, IPS officers have deposited in foreign banks in their illegal personal
accounts a sum of about $ 1500 billion, which have been misappropriated by them.
This amount is about 13 times larger than the country’s foreign debt. With this
amount 45 crore poor people can get Rs.1,00,000 each. This huge amount has been
appropriated from the people of India by exploiting and betraying them.
Once this huge amount of black money and property comes back
to India , the entire foreign debt can be repaid in 24 hours. After paying the
entire foreign debt, we will have surplus amount, almost 12 times larger than
the foreign debt. If this surplus amount is invested in earning interest, the
amount of interest will be more than the annual budget of the Central
Government. So even if all the taxes are abolished, then also the Central
Government will be able to maintain the country very comfortably.
Some 80,000 people travel to Switzerland every year, of whom
25,000 travel very frequently. “Obviously, these people won’t be tourists. They
must be travelling there for some other reason,” believes an official involved
in tracking illegal money. And, clearly, he isn’t referring to the Commerce
Ministry bureaucrats who’ve been flitting in and out of Geneva ever since the
World Trade Organisation (WTO) negotiations went into a tailspin !
Just read the following details and note how these dishonest
industrialists, scandalous politicians, corrupt officers, cricketers, film
actors, illegal sex trade and protected wildlife operators, to name just a few,
sucked this country’s wealth and prosperity. This may be the picture of deposits
in Swiss banks only. What about other international banks ?
Black money in Swiss banks — Swiss Banking Association
report, 2006 details bank deposits in the territory of Switzerland by nationals
of the following countries : Top five
India … … … $ 1,456 billion
Russia … … … $ 470 billion
UK … … … $ 390 billion
Ukraine … … … $ 100 billion
China … … … $ 96 billion
Now do the maths — India with $ 1456 billion or $ 1.4
trillion has more money in Swiss banks than rest of the world combined. Public
loot since 1947 : Can we bring back our money ? It is one of the biggest loots
witnessed by mankind — the loot of the Aam Aadmi (common man) since 1947,
by his brethren occupying public office. It has been orchestrated by
politicians, bureaucrats and some businessmen.
The list is almost all-encompassing. No wonder, everyone in
India loots with impunity and without any fear. What is even more depressing is
that this ill-gotten wealth of ours has been stashed away abroad into secret
bank accounts located in some of the world’s best known tax havens. And to that
extent the Indian economy has been stripped of its wealth. Ordinary Indians may
not be exactly aware of how such secret accounts operate and what are the rules
and regulations that go on to govern such tax havens. However, one may well be
aware of ‘Swiss bank accounts,’ the shorthand for murky dealings, secrecy and of
course pilferage from developing countries into rich developed ones.
In March 2005, the Tax Justice Network (TJN) published a
research finding demonstrating that $ 11.5 trillion of personal wealth was held
offshore by rich individuals across the globe. The findings estimated that a
large proportion of this wealth was managed from some 70 tax havens.
Further, augmenting these studies of TJN, Raymond Baker — in
his widely celebrated book titled ‘Capitalism’s Achilles Heel : Dirty Money and
How to Renew the Free Market System’ — estimates that at least $ 5 trillion have
been shifted out of poorer countries to the West since the mid-1970.
It is further estimated by experts that one per cent of the
world’s population holds more than 57% of total global wealth, routing it
invariably through these tax havens. How much of this is from India is anybody’s
guess.
What is to be noted here is that most of the wealth of
Indians parked in these tax havens is illegitimate money acquired through
corrupt means. Naturally, the secrecy associated with the bank accounts in such
places is central to the issue, not their low tax rates as the term ‘tax havens’
suggests. Remember Bofors and how India could not trace the ultimate beneficiary
of those transactions because of the secrecy associated with these bank
accounts ?
(Source : Internet, 8-9-2008)
Fearing jail, thousands of laid-off migrants flee Dubai
jail, thousands of laid-off migrants flee Dubai
Sofia, a 34-year-old
Frenchwoman, moved here a year ago to take a job in advertising. Confident about
Dubai’s fast-growing economy, she bought an apartment for $ 300,000 with a
15-year mortgage. Now, like many of the foreign workers who make up 90% of the
population here, she has been laid off and faces the prospect of being forced to
leave this Persian Gulf city — or worse. “I’m really scared of what could
happen, because I bought property here,” said Sofia. “If I can’t pay it off, I
was told I could end up in debtors’ prison.”
With Dubai’s economy in free
fall, newspapers have reported that more than 3,000 cars sit abandoned in the
parking lot at the Dubai airport, left by fleeing, debt-ridden foreigners (who
could in fact be imprisoned if they failed to pay their bills). Some are said to
have maxedout credit cards inside and notes of apology taped to the windshield.
Some things are clear : real
estate prices, which rose dramatically during Dubai’s six-year boom, have
dropped 30% or more over the past two or three months. Last week, Moody’s
Investor’s Service announced that it might downgrade its ratings on six of
Dubai’s most prominent state-owned companies, citing a deterioration in the
economic outlook. So many used luxury cars are for sale, they are sometimes sold
for 40% less than the asking price two months ago, car dealers say.
But Dubai, unlike Abu Dhabi,
Qatar and Saudi Arabia, does not have its own oil, and has built its reputation
on real estate, finance and tourism. Now, many expats here talk about Dubai as
though it were a con game all along.
(Source : The Times of India,
16-2-2009)
Soon, you can lodge online FIRs
can lodge online FIRs
In new system, complainants can
track their cases on net
The Government is in the
process of introducing a police station-based computerised programme through
which one can register complaints online.
One can also monitor the
progress of the case, like how far the probe has gone and if a charge-sheet has
been filed, among other facilities. “The erstwhile computerised intelligence
police system (CIPA) has been converted into the crime and criminal tracking
network system (CCTNS) to facilitate police stations in discharging their duties
and to try and make the system a little more citizen friendly.’’
“Our aim is to shortly provide
Internet connectivity to all police stations. Hence, information on each case
registered would be sent from the police station to district level, from
district to State and State to the Centre,’’ said the official, who is part of
the team working on implementation of the project.
“It is a very ambitious
project. It was approved last year with an outlay of about Rs.2,000 crore and
the MHA is in the process of finalising the details.’’ It is likely to be
entirely implemented by the end of 2010.
(Source : The Times of India,
9-2-2009)
Giving and accepting compliments
40. Giving and accepting compliments
In this insecure world that we live in, people often feel
awkward receiving compliments, viewing them as unearned praise and start
questioning their motive, running the risk of appearing defensive or
unintentionally rude by not responding graciously.
The following steps will help you give and take compliments
easily :
Listen :
Focus on the person giving the compliment, allowing him/her
time to complete their sentence. Silence your inner critic, which may question
the motive or genuineness; instead, accept the compliment at its face value.
Positive body language :
Don’t frown, shrink or look away when accepting compliments.
Instead smile and maintain a direct gaze, even if you don’t believe the
sincerity.
Accept, not reject :
A simple ‘thank you’ is the only reply expected and no
lengthy explanations. When paying a compliment, one frequently encounters such
avoidable comments in return.
Objecting :
“Oh no, I look like a mess . . . !”
Minimising :
“Oh, it was no big deal . . . “
Arguing :
“No, I spotted several weak points in my
presentation . . . !”
Acting cocky :
“Thanks ! I paid an arm and a leg, it better be nice . . . “
Changing the topic :
“So, how is business ?”
At a complete loss for words
Give, not just take :
Giving compliments improves our relationships greatly, as
they force us to focus on the positive attributes of another person. While most
people are good at complimenting their bosses and clients, try doing the same
with your staff and peers and see them enjoy that extra dash of unexpected
praise.
Culture :
Culture has a role to play in giving and accepting
compliments. Eastern cultures use an indirect mode of giving compliments and
excessive compliments make them suspect an ulterior motive. Japanese tend to
downplay giving and accepting compliments about themselves, preferring to
compliment achievements. Chinese feel they are showing humility by rejecting
compliments. On the other hand, Americans are a direct compliments-driven
culture, showering compliments on personal appearances. At times, the American
exuberance appears insincere to other cultures. Although Indians are not
comfortable complimenting on a person’s appearance, especially between genders,
socially, we are expected to compliment the hostess/lady of the house.
Lastly, while women give more compliments, men tend to take
them more seriously.
(Source : Shital Kakkar Mehra
— The Economic Times, dated 19-12-2008)
SEBI order on share warrants and amendments relating to creeping acquisitions
(1) In this article, two recent developments in the field of
Securities Laws are covered. One relates to clarifications issued by SEBI on
creeping acquisitions under the Takeover Regulations. The other relates to a
public interest litigation petition in relation to issue of Share Warrants
particularly to Promoters and SEBI’s order on the matter pursuant to directions
of the Bombay High Court. Let us consider the clarifications relating to
creeping acquisitions first.
(2) Readers may recollect that SEBI had amended the Takeover
Regulations in October 2008 and permitted an aggregate maximum of 5% creeping
acquisition of shares under the Takeover Regulations for acquirers who held
shares between 55-75%. It may also be recollected that in the normal course,
persons holding substantial shares in a listed company of more than 15% can
acquire another 5% shares in a financial year. However, this is possible only so
long as cumulative holding is 55%. SEBI had allowed in October 2008 what was
felt to be a temporary measure to allow holders to acquire another 5%, even
beyond 5%, considering the reces-sionary phase of the capital market at that
time. Ap-parently, there were certain areas where clarifications were needed and
now, after about 10 months, after the fact that the Sensex has almost doubled,
SEBI has issued a Circular dated August 6, 2009, clarifying on some issues
relating to the amendment. Some comments on the clarifications made :
(a) The clarifying Circular is issued under Regulation 5 of
the Takeover Regulations, which permits SEBI to, inter alia, issue
directions to remove difficulties in interpretation. S. 11 of the SEBI Act is
also relied on.
(b) It is seen that some of the interpretations given go
clearly beyond the plain wording and meaning of the dispensation given in
October 2008. It is possible that in the future, a legal issue may come up
whether such ‘clarification’ can go beyond the express and unambiguous wording
of the Regulations. An example of this is given later herein.
(c) It is clarified that the 5% acquisition may be made in
one or more tranches. Thus, the acquisitions can be made in one or more
tranches so long as the aggregate is not more than 5%.
(d) Further, the acquisitions need not be made in a single
financial year — it can be made any time in as many tranches as found
convenient.
(e) For calculating the 5% acquisitions, sales cannot be
netted off. Thus, only gross purchases would be counted. For example, the
acquirer cannot purchase 4%, then sell 3% and then acquire another 4% and
claim that the net purchases are within the 5% limit. This is not really
brought out by the plain reading of the amendment though, one must accept,
this is the well-accepted interpretation for other similar clauses.
(f) The cumulative holding of the acquirer cannot exceed
75%. Thus, a person holding, say, 73% can acquire only a further 2%.
(g) The cumulative holding limit of 75% is irrespective of
the minimum public shareholding that is required to be maintained under the
Listing Agreement. Thus, e.g., in respect of a company having a 10%
minimum public shareholding, the upper limit for this Regulation will still be
75% and not 90%.
(3) Public interest litigation relating to abuse of Share
Warrants and SEBI Order pursuant to the Bombay High Court decision :
(a) I had written earlier in the BCAJ issue of April 2009,
particularly on the inequity relating to Share Warrants. Essentially, I had
argued that Share Warrants were heavily being misused by Promoters. They
allotted, almost exclusively to themselves, Share Warrants at a price and
terms that appeared to be absurdly below their fair value. Had a really
independent Board been deciding the issue in each case, the Companies would
almost never have allotted Share Warrants to an outsider on such sweet
terms. Issuing Share Warrants to Promoters in this manner causes serious loss
to the Company and its non-Promoter, i.e., public, shareholders.
(b) Of course, while this issue was a concern for many
years, the article referred to earlier was in connection with the amendment by
SEBI of its DIP Guidelines in February 2009, whereby the upfront
non-refundable amount payable on Share Warrants was increased from 10% to 25%
of the Conversion Price.
(c) It did not help, hence promoters of numerous companies
gladly allowed their Share Warrants to lapse considering that the market price
had fallen far below the Conversion Price of the Share Warrants and thus
forfeited their 10% deposit. Many of them actually issued fresh Share Warrants
paying the higher 25% deposit but on a Conversion Price that was far lower.
(d) A public interest litigation was filed by Rajkot Saher/Jilla
Grahak Suraksha Mandal in the Bombay High Court and the Hon’ble Court had
directed SEBI vide order dated June 18th 2009 to hear the petitioner and pass
appropriate orders within 6 weeks of the order. SEBI has passed an order dated
July 30, 2009 on the matter.
(e) SEBI’s order dated July 30, 2009 is available on SEBI
website. In this 23-page order, SEBI has essentially concluded that there is
nothing wrong in the current law and safeguards :
- if
Promoters have allowed their Share Warrants and deposits to lapse, and
- if
they acquired fresh warrants by paying higher upfront deposits.
(f) Readers may go through this 23-page order for more
detailed reasoning; however, I offer quick comments on some
observations/decisions of SEBI.
1. SEBI, justifying the low 10% deposit amount on Share
Warrants, says “I also note that in other jurisdictions, the option premium is
generally in the range of 10% to 15% for trading of long dated options.”. I
find this justification difficult to accept in the Indian context. The basic
important elements of the Black-Scholes option valuation formula (who, I
believe, got the Nobel Prize for this) are interest rates and volatility. Is
it plausible that interest, in India, is only 10% for a total period of 18
months? It is even less plausible — in fact consistently found untrue in every
option valuation I have come across — to believe that the volatility is 10%
over an 18 month period. And mind you, option value is at least the total of
the interest and volatility (and a few other factors).
2. Then, SEBI says that, from just 8 companies listed, a sum of Rs.1515 crores received as deposits from Promoters have been forfeited when they did not exercise the Share Warrants. SEBI seems to imply that far from the Company and the public losing, the Company has actually gained such a huge amount – it says – “it may be incorrect to argue that the Promoters stand to gain at the cost of the Company and its shareholders.” But is not the reality exactly the opposite? In fact, this shows that the companies granted options to exercise Rs. 15150 crores since the deposit amount is just 10%.
3. Further, of these Rs.1515 crores, effectively a significant portion goes back to the Promoters to the extent of their holding in the Company. If the average holding is, say, 50%, then Rs.758 crores goes back effectively to the Promoters!
4. SEBI then goes on to say,
“It is also noted that of the 4934 listed companies, there had been 1108 preferential allotments since April 2007, of which only 360 were preferential allotments of warrants. Out of the said 360 cases, there were only 100 companies where promoters did not fully exercise the option on the warrants issued to them. Considering the total number of listed companies and number of preferential allotments made during the above period, it is seen that the instances of reissue of warrants to the promoters have not been significant or frequent.”
5. Again, I find it disturbing that as many as 360 companies allotted Share Warrants apparently to Promoters since April 2007. Further, in as many as 100 companies, the Promoters allowed their deposits and Share Warrants to lapse. While the 8 companies referred to ear-Her may be the larger of these companies, note that in just 8 companies, the amount lapsed was totally Rs.1515 crores!
6. On the issue raised by the petitioner that ‘issue of further securities should be only against full payment’, SEBI says, “the same would discourage the companies to raise funds through the allotment of warrants and also indirectly restrict the issue of capital to only shares of the company. Considering the nature of the said instruments (warrants) and the fact that only a few instances (as brought out in Para 10 above) were noticed where the warrants issued to the Promoters had not been exercised, it would be a retrograde step to disable a product which is accepted universally as a fund-raising tool. Such a restriction on issuance of warrants may also deprive the operational and capital structuring flexibility for Indian companies.” I find it difficult to believe that there would be anything wrong in prohibiting the issue of Share Warrants at a mere 10/25% deposit exclusively to Promoters – I find it even more difficult to believe it would be a retrograde step and would “deprive the operational and capital structuring flexibility for Indian companies”. What is wrong with a demand that if Share Warrants are to be issued, issue them to all shareholders – let each shareholder decide whether he wants to subscribe or not? Why are Promoters being preferred and given an exclusive deal and why banning such exclusive sweet deals will be a retrograde step?
7. In the end, SEBI does not find that the circumstances warrant any immediate ban and on a related aspect has stated that it “initiates a consultative process …. to suggest policy changes, if required …. “,
Conclusion:
All in all, while I personally feel SEBI has missed an opportunity to carry out a complete rehaul, it is also true that SEBI on its own cannot prevent mis-use of such instruments by the Promoters. The Promoters should remember that they would suffer in the long run if they lose their credibility and loss of credibility will eventually impact the capital market as a whole. Having said that, I raise a question:
‘Isn’t retaining and restoring the credibility of the capital market the function of SEBI?’
I feel SEBI has failed so far as the question of issue of Share Warrants to Promoters is concerned.
Aiding investor litigation — SEBI provides financial aid to help investors obtain compensation
(1) SEBI will now financially help investors to proceed
legally against companies to obtain compensation for losses they may have
suffered or to pursue other claims. Recently, on August 11, 2009, it issued SEBI
(Aid for Legal Proceedings) Guidelines, 2009. These guidelines should be read in
the context of the earlier SEBI (Investor Protection and Education Fund)
Regulations, 2009 (‘the Regulations’) notified earlier that form the base of
these Guidelines since it is from this Fund that SEBI would provide financial
aid for legal proceedings.
(2) Let us understand a little of the background of these
‘guidelines’ since not only it would help one appreciate the need and
eligibility of such legal aid but it would also hopefully clear some confusion
arising from certain over-technical reading of these ‘guidelines’ that has been
reported at various places. Views have been expressed on the basis of such
technical reading that these ‘guidelines’ are still-born and cannot help anyone.
I believe there are reasons to believe this is not so and I will try to explain
the reasons for such belief.
(3) Typically investors are small and scattered.
Individually, they do not have the financial motivation, expertise and finally
the morale to fight against huge companies. But just as five fingers make a
fist, investors could get together to fight for their rights. And a good way to
get going together is by forming investors associations or becoming members of
such associations. SEBI has encouraged formation of such associations by
providing recognition to them. It is reported recently that there are about 23
such associations though some are reported to have dubious/political background.
SEBI has also encouraged them further by providing, by these Guidelines, that it
will provide legal aid if such associations (‘Associations’) propose to act
against the companies at fault on behalf of investors.
(4) These Guidelines read with the Regulations lay down
certain types of matters such as misstatements in connection with sale of
securities, non-payment of dividends, non-delivery of securities and so on. If
certain specified conditions are specified, SEBI would grant legal aid for legal
proceedings.
(5) But, you may ask, why should investors be made to take
legal action even if through Associations and even if aided? Why should not SEBI
take action itself — because investor protection is raison d’être for SEBI (to
use a fancy word — J — to mean SEBI’s reason for existence)? And I think the
answer to this, as explained in more detail later herein, also should clarify
the confusion that these Guidelines are ineffective and are not required.
Briefly, I think the intention is that SEBI would typically take penal action to
punish legal violations. It may even take action in appropriate cases to ensure
that losses to investors are compensated. However, there may be cases where
direct action by investors against companies is more appropriate and it is this
category of cases for which legal aid is proposed to be given.
(6) Let us now review these Guidelines in some detail and
before doing so let us summarise them first. There may be some cause for action
by investors because of defaults, omissions, etc. by companies. Associations may
seek to take action against such entities on behalf of investors. If at least
1000 investors are affected and if the defaults, etc. are of the specified type,
then SEBI may grant a limited legal aid for the specified expenses for such
legal proceedings.
(7) What type of defaults, omissions, etc. are covered ?
‘legal proceedings’ means any proceedings before a court or tribunal where one thousand or more investors are affected or likely to be affected by :
(i) mis-statement, misrepresentation or omission in connection with the issue, sale or purchase of securities;
(ii) non-receipt of securities allotted or refund of application monies paid by them;
(iii) non-payment of dividend;
(iv) default in redemption of securities or in payment of interest in terms of the offer document;
(v) fraudulent and unfair trade practices or market manipulation;
(vi) such other market misconduct which in the opinion of the Board may be deemed appropriate;
but does not include any proceeding where the Board is a party or where the Board has initiated any enforcement action;
(b) The Investors and the Associations would have to review whether their grievance is covered by the above list. Of course, such grievance should also give a cause for action in Court/Tribunal under some law. It is only such defaults, etc. that legal aid can be given. The list is not exhaustive though and SEBI may cover other market misconduct as it may deem appropriate.
(c) A concern has been repeatedly expressed by various authors that most of these above defaults would normally result in SEBI also taking penal action or SEBI is a party to certain proceedings. In view of this and in view of the last few words of the above clause, it is argued, no aid is possible at all. Therefore, it is stated, that these Guidelines are still-born and no one would be eligible to legal aid.
(1) However, is this really so ? Perhaps not. Note that the term ‘proceeding’ is referred to in the earlier part of the clause also. Legal proceedings have been referred to in the clause and then it is stated that if SEBI is a party to such proceedings then such proceedings are not covered. Obviously, if the action is by the Association directly against the errant company without SEBI being made a party, then such proceedings are still eligible. I don’t think there is scope for arguing that ‘proceedings’ should mean any proceedings and could therefore cover even penal proceedings. Both these proceedings would be under different laws and for different intention and results. One is intended to be a direct action for compensation and the other is for punishing the entity.
2) Secondly, if SEBI has initiated penal proceeding against the errant entity, would this mean that SEBI has taken ‘enforcement’ action? According to me, this is not so. Firstly, if one reads the clause carefully, the enforcement action is qualified by the word ‘proceeding’ which, as we saw earlier, should mean proceeding in a court or tribunal. Further, I think it is possible to take a view that ‘enforcement’ proceedings should be different from penal proceedings. If, e.g., SEBI itself has initiated action to enforce a provision of law for compensating investors, then there cannot be multiple proceedings. However, if SEBI has taken action to penalise an errant entity, such action should not be deemed to be an “enforcement” action. Having said that, it must also be conceded that the clause could have been worded better.
(8) Who is eligible to claim legal aid?
a) The legal aid would not be given to individual investors but to ‘Investor Associations’. Thus, Investors will have to approach an Associations or alternatively such Associations may suo motu seek to initiate proceedings.
b) It is given on a first come first served basis! Obviously, there is a need to prevent multiple proceedings and finance of such proceedings but this is a simplistic solution.
c) The Associations would need to establish or provide the following data to be eligible for legal aid:
i) that the Investors relied on such misstatement, etc.
ii) that the Investors suffered loss on account of such reliance.
iii) that at least 1000 investors are affected. In a sense, this would limit the scope of action. Having said that, this does not mean that at least 1000 Investors should have complained and agreed to such action.
9. What type of expenses are covered and to what extent?
a) Expenses of court, advocates and related expenditure are eligible for aid.
b) The limit of aid is Rs.20 lakhs if the proceedings are before the Supreme Court and Rs.10 lakhs otherwise.
c) Further, the limit is also of 75% of the amount incurred.
d) The aid is for expenses only.
e) Prior clearance of estimate, etc. from SEBI is a must for claims.
10. Miscellaneous:
a) There is no time limit within which SEBI will intimate whether it will or will not grant aid though, to be fair, such criticism may be premature and one may hope that disposal of application is expeditious. However, SEBI, the ‘guidelines’ say, will endeavor to pay the claims within 15 days of the receipt of account.
b) In India, there is no single law that provides for compensation to Investors for defaults by companies, etc. In fact, even the SEBI Act, Regulations, etc. do not provide for such action. Indeed, jurisdiction of Courts is barred and only SEBI can initiate action. Here, I may add that such bar is only for matters covered under the SEBI Act and not for direct action for compensation by Investors/ Associations. There have been reports and views that since there is a bar on such direct action, it would mean that these Guidelines have no relevance. However, I respectfully submit that this is not so. The bar against direct action for violation of the law is for such limited purposes only.
c) A concern has been expressed that SEBI may get handicapped if it finances such proceedings and thereby does not take action itself. Thereby, It may give a Signal that it has no powers. As I stated earlier, this should not be so. The penal action that SEBI can take is different from action for compensation that Associations may take. I think even if SEBI has lost in its penal proceedings, the Investors case is not automatically lost. The standards of proof that SEBI has to fulfill for a penal action are obviously far higher than a civil action requires.
Conclusion:
All in all, I think the’ guidelines’ are misunderstood and are being prematurely written off as ineffective. In letter and spirit, they represent a good start and give some scope for promoting taking of action. It is true that in practice they may be misused. e.g., the ‘first-come-first-served’ rule may be misused whereby an Association with an half-hearted interest may still block action by others. The limit on aid – absolute as well as of percentage – may sound unrealistically low though. Having said that, there are several good features in the ‘guidelines’ and one should wait to see how the ‘guidelines’ work in practice.
Consent Orders to settle violations of Securities Laws — A review on completion of two years
1) April 2009 marks the second anniversary of the Guidelines
issued in April 2007 (referred to herein as ‘the Scheme’) issued by SEBI to help
quickly settle proceedings initiated against parties for violations of specified
provisions. The Scheme has been discussed several times earlier in this column
— firstly at the time of its introduction and, later, highlighting a few cases
settled.
2) It may be recollected that the Scheme is essentially
intended to help settle existing or potential proceedings for alleged violations
of specified securities laws. A person facing or anticipating to face
proceedings for alleged violations could simply come forward with an offer to
settle the case by way of a Consent Order to be passed by SEBI. A Chapter of
this Scheme covers compounding of offences, but here, the Consent Order Scheme
is discussed. It may be recollected that the inspiration for this Scheme was the
US Model where more than 90% of cases are settled in such a manner.
3) The author intends to review :
- How has the Scheme fared in the 2 years of its existence ?
- What type of ‘consent orders’ have been passed ?
4) Such a review is important to :
- help parties who are contemplating to avail of the Scheme.
- assist those who may contemplate availing of the Scheme in future.
- make people aware of the fact that such a Scheme exists.
5) A review will also help to know what type of cases are
typically being settled and in what manner. Obviously, precedents have value as
they would be normally followed in similar cases. Thus, parties may know what is
the likelihood of their cases being settled and at what costs. A good example is
of cases in the recent IPO scam where it was alleged that certain parties made
fictitious/benami applicants. The cases settled clearly specify the manner in
which cases are settled. Even more important, cases not settled but in respect
of which the party preferred to continue the proceedings before SEBI also show
the type of penalty and other action taken by SEBI.
6) Apart from this, from a policy perspective, it is worth
considering whether the qualitative objectives of the Scheme were also achieved
and whether, in particular, the cases settled are the type of cases that merited
settlement and also whether the settlement process is fair.
7) It may be worth quickly reviewing the Scheme and its very
broad procedure. Any person who faces or expects to face any proceedings by SEBI
for any violation of specified provisions of Securities Laws (such as the SEBI
Act, Regulations issued there-under, etc.) can make use of this Scheme. The
person would have to come forward to settle the matter and give its offer for
settlement. The offer is to be made to the High Powered Advisory Committee, a
Committee formed of 3 independent members and headed by a retired Judge. The
procedure for making an application under the Scheme and the actual proceedings
are fairly simple and non-legalistic. The role of the HPAC is to impartially
review the status of the matter and also give its recommendation to SEBI. In
practice, the HPAC goes a step further and attempts to facilitate the settlement
itself. One often gets a pleasant surprise in the proceedings when one gets
friendly support from the HPAC itself which points out the weaknesses of SEBI’s
case in an attempt to persuade SEBI to come forward to a reasonable settlement.
Of course, a party trying to get away cheaply may also be reprimanded, albeit
gently, and the risks of allowing the application for Consent Order being
rejected are also highlighted. When and if a settlement is reached, the party is
asked to deposit the settlement amount and a Consent Order is passed. Usually,
this means the end of the existing, potential and even related proceedings in
connection with the alleged violation.
8) An important thing to note is that it is not necessary
that the parties opting for settlement under the Consent Order should admit
any of the allegations — in fact, settlement does not mean admission of guilt.
Often, the issue is buying peace at a cost which otherwise may be incurred in
fighting and pursuing the matter. One could take the example of crossing a
traffic signal and the Traffic Police alleging that we have crossed when the
signal was red. It is possible that the sheer nuisance value of fighting the
matter in Court may not be worth it and a smaller fine accepted may be found to
be an expedient alternative.
9) How has this Scheme fared in the last 2 years ? By any
benchmark, it is a success. In the first three months of 2009, around 90
cases have been settled through consent orders, while in 2008 more than 250
cases were settled. A sum of more than Rs. 10 crores is reported to have been
collected through the process. Also, a substantial portion of this amount
relates to the ‘disgorgement’ of the profits made by persons in the alleged IPO
scam.
10) Cases have been settled irrespective of the level at
which they were pending — whether at the very initial stage of investigation or
adjudication or when they were pending before the Securities Appellate Tribunal
or even when they were pending before the Supreme Court.
11) The type of cases that have been settled reveal that
violations were varied, for example :
- technical violations
- serious cases of fraud and price manipulation
- information filed beyond the prescribed time, say, under the SEBI Takeover Regulations
- allegations of insider trading
- serious ‘allegation’ of price manipulations including synchronised or circular or false trading.
12) Settling allegations under the Scheme is not a stigmatic
or shameful act that would bring a sense of dishonour or even a need of
justification. There are at least two important reasons for this. Firstly, the
allegation being settled may not necessarily be one of a serious nature.
Secondly, as stated earlier, there is no requirement of admitting any violation.
Cases are settled not because the parties necessarily feel that they are guilty,
but often the objective is to avoid the tortuously long and expensive
proceedings. The result is that persons who have taken benefit of the Scheme and
settled cases include many very well-known companies. These include ING Vysya
Bank, UBS Emerging Markets Equity Relationship Fund, Thomas Cook (India)
Limited, J. P. Morgan Indian Investment Trust, HDFC Bank Limited, DSP Merrill
Lynch Limited, Apollo Tyres Limited, etc., as can be seen from the published
orders.
13) Another noteworthy experience is that the settlement process is quite fast and very often it is completed and closed within a period of a few months of making the application. Contrast this with the fact that proceedings for many matters that are more than 5 years old are being initiated now.
14) Then there is another area of observation. Settlement is normally made by offering a sum of money as settlement charges. However, in some cases, administrative charges have also been agreed to be paid as part of the settlement. Interestingly, the offer may also be in ‘kind’ in the sense that a party may agree not to access the capital markets for a specified period of time. Particularly in IPO cases, parties have offered the amount of profits made by way of disgorgement. This not only helped the amount of profits made being disgorged but the controversy as to whether SEBI could legitimately disgorge such profits is also avoided.
15) The Consent Order Scheme, without exaggerating, can thus be accepted to be a fairly good success. What are the criticisms levelled against the Scheme?
16) A major criticism is that serious cases relating to fraud and price manipulation are also settled. Allegations of false trading, etc. or other types of fraudulent activities or price manipulation, or the recent IPO scam, etc. are some examples of matters settled through Consent Orders.
17) The question is whether such cases should at all be settled and that too in some cases by paying the profits made with or without nominal extra legal charges. Would not such a practice create an absence of fear of law amongst would-be scamsters that the worse that can happen to them is that the profits would be lost and that too if they are caught in the act? Clearly, there is some basis for this concern.
18) The other side is that it may be very difficult in some of such cases to get a guilty verdict, considering also the prolonged legal proceedings involved, and considering that in some cases, evidence may not easily be forthcoming. Some of such cases may also be of a time when the prevailing law was not comprehensive to cover the transactions and or effective enough to provide deterrent punishment.
19) Another thought is whether such a continuing settlement Scheme is desirable. It literally:
1. creates a forum for avoidance of the regular proceedings to punish violations and it creates an almost assured way of facing reduced punishment.
2. diverts attention from the complexities of such laws and procedures and its reform.
However, we should not forget that such Schemes arise also because of complexities in the law relating to its enforcement.
20) Another concern is that the Consent Orders are not detailed enough. Typically, the order is of just one or two pages which merely refer very briefly to the allegations. There is no detailed background of the allegations, facts, etc. given. No reasoning is also given why the particular matter was settled and why it was settled at the amount at which it was settled.
21) All in all, though, the Scheme has received the success it deserves. It helps reduce the backlog of cases keeping SEBI free to focus on serious cases. It also helps parties bring the issue to a quick end particularly where it is technical.
Pledge of shares by promoters
This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .
(1) SEBI has recently made disclosure of shares pledged by
Promoters compulsory. The requirements have come into effect from 28th January
2009 but the disclosures are to be made in stages/events and actually in more
than one way. As it is a new and continuing requirement it is important to
discuss the same. I expect these requirements to continuously evolve in the near
future. The impact on the market value of some scripts where promoters have
pledged a part of their holding has been negative.
(2) While SEBI has not stated the reason for introducing this
amendment, it perhaps does not need to, considering the heated discussion in the
press on the Satyam episode where the Promoters had pledged their shares which
in turn were sold by pledgees on invocation of the pledge and/or failure of the
promoter to provide additional margin. Most of such sales were made long before
the disclosure of the alleged scam when the prices were still high. The common
investor in India normally considers the stake of the Promoters in a company as
an important factor. The investors were outraged not only because the Promoters
had effectively encashed their holdings, but also by the consequent crash in the
price of shares.
(3) SEBI has acted in haste to prevent more Satyams, by
introducing disclosure requirements. It is a fact that this new requirement is
definitely useful and some rightfully argue that it was long overdue.
(4) Let us now examine the actual wording of the requirement.
I repeat that while earlier there was no requirement to disclose pledge of
shares by promoters, now the requirements are multiple overlapping and even at
times inconsistent. Let us first summarise the regulatory provisions :
(a) A new Regulation 8A has been inserted in the SEBI
Takeover Regulations. This regulation requires promoters to disclose to the
Company the details of shares pledged by them and the Company is required in
turn to intimate the same to the stock exchanges.
(b) Clause 35 of the Listing Agreement that requires
disclosure of shareholding pattern to be
intimated to the stock exchange has been amended
to include disclosure of shares held by Promoters that are pledged or
otherwise encumbered.
(c) Similarly, Clause 41 which requires publishing of
periodical results has been amended to also include the details of shares
pledged/encumbered by Promoters.
(5) These amendments though are stated to be with immediate
effect, have effectively differing applicability dates in terms of individual
requirements. However, before we go into these individual requirements, let us
consider some terms :
(a) Disclosure is to be made by Promoters and persons
belonging to the Promoter Group. For this purpose, it has been stated that
the definition under Clause 40A of the Listing Agreement is to be followed.
This clause, in turn, refers to the definition of these terms under the SEBI
DIP Guidelines, but modifies that definition a little. For this article, the
collective term ‘Promoters’ is used to cover all of them.
(b) Disclosure is required of shares pledged. These
refer to shares of the listed company and not shares of any investment or
holding company through which the Promoters may hold shares. This is seen
as a loophole that results in an incomplete picture of the effective
encumbrance of Promoters’ holding. Having said that, it is also true that in
many cases, lenders typically prefer pledge of shares of the listed company
itself as they can be easily sold and monies realised, instead of shares of
the holding company for which the process may be longer. Thus, the loophole in
reality, to a large extent is non-existent.
(c) Disclosure is to be of shares that are pledged
or otherwise encumbered. There is an inconsistency in the scheme of the
different provisions whereby for one set of provisions, the disclosure is to
be made of shares ‘pledged’ and for others, disclosure is also required of
shares ‘otherwise encumbered’ or just ‘encumbered’. These terms being common
legal terms are relatively easily understood, but if one goes into a detailed
analysis, which space constraints do not permit, there are indeed
complexities. For example, shares can be in paper form and dematerialised form
and the pledge of either of them can be in different manner. Also, shares can
be ‘encumbered’ in many ways and indeed there can be many ways in which
restrictions can be placed on the shares that may amount to encumbrance.
(6) Disclosure under the takeover regulations :
(a) A new Regulation 8A has been inserted to require
disclosure of ‘shares pledged’.
(b) There is a transitional requirement to cover pledges
existing on the date when the amendment came into effect. There is some
controversy as to when can the amendment be said to have come into effect, but
the conservative view is that the regulation has come into effect from 28th
January 2009. This date is important for the initial period of disclosure. It
is unfortunate that SEBI has not been more specific about the effective date.
(c) The Promoters have to intimate the details of the
pledged shares, in the prescribed format, to the listed Company within 7
working days of the amendment. The Company, in turn, has to inform the stock
exchanges where the shares of the Company are listed, within 7 working days of
receipt of information from promoters. However, this is to be done only if
during a calendar quarter, the cumulative quantity of shares pledged is at
least 25000 or 1% of the total shareholding/voting rights.
(d) For further pledges, the Promoters have to inform
within 7 working days of creation or invocation of pledge. The Company, in the
manner similar to the above, informs the stock exchanges of such further
pledges or invocation of the pledge.
7) Disclosure under amended Clauses 35/41 of the Listing Agreement:
a) These amended Clauses require disclosures of Promoters’ shares that are pledged or otherwise encumbered. Suitable formats have been provided for this.
b) The disclosures will be on a quarterly basis starting from the quarter ending March 2009.
c) Regulation 8A of the Takeover Regulations requires disclosure of pledged shares only by the Promoters of the company. How will the company then know what shares are ‘encumbered’ ? This may sound to be a lacuna, but perhaps a better view is upholding the spirit and that the Promoters should still inform of shares that are ‘encumbered’ also. The Promoters are in control of the company. The requirement is on the company to disclose the shares encumbered by the Promoters. The Promoters cannot claim that, on the one hand they are in control of the company and, on the other hand the company is a separate entity that should be treated as an entity independent for this purpose. Of course, SEBI could clarify the requirements to avoid confusion.
8) In conclusion, recollect the oft-quoted comment of Warren Buffet that:
“You only find out who is swimming naked when the tide goes out”.
When Promoters pledge a substantial portion of their shares, they expose themselves and the company they control (and thereby the shareholders) to serious risks especially when there is a downturn.
The disclosures pursuant to these amendments will :
- help bringing out more clearly the holding of Promoters at risk.
- bring in more transparency in the corporate world.
There is considerable discussion in the media that SEBI should mandate disclosure of end use of funds raised by pledge of shares. This information, in the opinion of the author, could be very relevant and indica te the risks being taken by the promoters which could impact the operations of the company whose shares have been ‘pledged’ or ‘encumbered’.
True knowledge
William Blake, a renowned English poet and a mystic writer once said “Knowledge is an eternal delight”. However cryptic as it may sound, it is very profound in its exact context. Simply put, True Knowledge is one that fills us with eternal delight; everlasting bliss that does not beget arrogance of its attainment.
It is the lack of True Knowledge that deprives us from progressing towards the real purpose of our lives — which is to attain eternal joy by enlightening ourselves.
What is a True Knowledge ?
True Knowledge is wisdom that life in human form is a blessing endowed by the Almighty to transcend beyond ‘Have and have not’. It is a journey which may begin with yearning for ‘many and more’ but culminates where there is sheer abundance without possessions. It is something which gives sense of fulfillment not from physical or intellectual possessions but from enlightenment about cosmic laws of universe.
These cosmic laws are :
1. Freedom of choice :
Greatest of human freedom is the ability to make choices in life. Realisation that we are what we have chosen to become can be a life-changing experience. No one can make us sad or inadequate, unfulfilled and unaccomplished without our consent. Power of knowing that life as given is a blank slate where we have a choice to determine our roadmap both by thought and action is the supreme knowledge which is extremely potent.
2. Process of evolution :
Knowledge that life is an evolving process brings great serenity in our lives. Nature wants us to learn from our mistakes; not punish us with low self esteem. Every mistake that we make, every obstacle that we face is a great lesson for us to move forward in life by knowing what ought to have been done. It gives us opportunity to integrate ourselves seamlessly with the process of change that nature desires for our growth and betterment. This knowledge teaches us to flow and not resist.
3. Abundance :
The thin line dividing humanity from divinity is a knowledge that everything in universe is in abundant supply. The understanding that we must cultivate is that universe is made up of energy which is constantly flowing. In order to get more from life we must be prepared to give more. This giving should not originate from compulsion or expectation of receiving something in return but out of sheer love and compassion of giving. Giving can be a compliment, help, charity or even a benign smile. When we learn to give, we create space for positive energies in our lives which in turn create a magnetic force of attracting like-minded people and environment conducive to achieving a true sense of fulfillment and bliss.
German philosopher Frederic Nietzsche wrote “Every enquiry starts in doubt and fulfills the need. If you strive for pleasures and comforts for self then believe in what is tangible; but if you want to be a devotee of truth then enquire into what seems intangible”. A simple question ‘Who Am I’ led Raman Maharshi to his salvation. Why then, not begin the search for True Knowledge right from today ? Why not yearn for that treasure which shall bring an eternal delight in our lives ? Let us not forget what Jesus said :
“Seek and ye shall find”
Let us seek ‘True Knowledge’ to live a fulfilled life.
Death, be not proud
This writing is inspired by the article, “O death, You must
listen”, by C.A. Ashok Dhere, in the Namaskaar column of BCAJ, March, 2009.
We, who are all born, are certain to die, one day or the
other. It is the only certainty in life. So why be afraid of death ? From a
statistician’s point of view, it is a 100 % probable event. Only the day, date,
time and the mode of happening of this event is not certain or at least not
accurately predictable to any ordinary human being (Astrological prediction
apart). And this human ignorance of the actual day, date of our death is on
purpose, as intended by our Divine Father. If I knew the exact date and mode of
my death, I would be restless all my life. Each day would be an agony, counting
backwards 10, 9, 8, . . . . . 2, 1.
Shakespeare has written “Death, Be not Proud !” Even if I die
one day, as all mortals do, I shall be immortal through my writings. And what a
true way to be victorious over Death. A man is known after he has left this
world, not through his body, but by his work and attainments.
We all dread ‘death’ because of our constant
body-consciousness. We identify ourselves with the body and role that we are
playing in this world Drama. We erroneously think and feel that we are a
physical body with a spirit (energy) within. We are educated that when the
spirit (soul energy) is with the body, we are living beings, and when the energy
leaves the body, we die. But actually, we are all immortal, divine, spiritual
beings (software), with physical bodies (hardware), for manifestation and
experience through the senses.
This ‘SHIFT’ in our understanding from ‘Body-Consciousness’
to ‘Soul-Consciousness’ makes us all brave and truly learned to face Death, as
and when it comes.
After all, what is death ? It is only a change in dress and
address of the spirit — energy. In this life, we wore a particular
(male/female), unique dress to facilitate us to perform our tasks, in a
particular geographical location. After death, we just change our physical robe
and walk into another physical garment, with some other family of soul-friends.
So, why worry ? We are all immortal souls. Even so-called ‘death’ cannot do us
apart. This is the true teaching of Bhagwad Geeta.
Death is just like walking through a door from one room to
another. Death is actually the beginning of a new Life. Death opens up new
opportunities for newer lessons to be learned and for newer experiences, by
mind-consciousness.
It is only because of our limited perception of ‘one body one
life’, that we rejoice at the occasion of birth and weep at the event of death.
Spring or summer follows autumn or winter, to be again followed by the cycle of
spring and autumn. Similarly, death follows life, to be again followed by life
hereafter . . . . till eternity.
O death, You must listen
We say ‘Death’ is certain, but exactly where is it ?
Nobody knows except HE. How to travel the distance between life and the death ?
A poet aptly states in Marathi :
Translated into English, it means that the distance between
life and death is only ‘one breath’. How to travel that distance is always a
question. French novelist Albert Camus says that we live only awaiting
death. However I do not agree with Albert Camus and in fact all of us should say
with one voice that “we should live making life meaningful till death”.
Recently a Marathi movie is announced advocating that we
should have the right to end our life instead of living a life in agony. Many
others must have commented on this topic; but there does not appear to be any
unanimity on the concept of ‘right to die’. I strongly advocate a view that one
should have a ‘right to die’. Jainism advocates and celebrates it. Marathi Saint
Dnyaneshwar had also taken ‘Samadhi’.
We celebrate festival and at the same time sorrow. We believe
in life. We refuse to accept death. We love life and hate to think of death. A
slight knock by ‘death’ at the door sends shivers down our spine. Death is an
unwelcome guest. We neither have the will nor the courage to face the death. We
make all efforts to delay ‘death’, but some times we are caught unawares. He
gives a big knock at the door. If we don’t open, he breaks the door and stands
in front of us with his cruel face. He captures us and takes his toll and
vanishes in the wilderness. His shadows widen and make us fearful. But . . . .
Why should we fear ?
Because he is everywhere ?
He is in plane and train ?
He is on a boat, car, zhopadpatti and also in star hotel ?
He is on table and in a chair and on a bed ?
Middle of the road and even on footpath ?
He is in hospital, railway station and in dispensaries ?
He is here and there where “I” am.
I therefore recognise death and say
Your presence is noted.
I am however not fearful be highlighted.
His presence gives rise to innumerable brain teasers
His presence compels one to spare,
At least some valuable carpet area for “Devghar”
His presence makes authors and poets to write.
His presence makes philosophers assemble at least to fight.
His presence makes a man define and achieve a goal
His presence keeps one’s name and fame even in one’s absence
Giving everyone a motivation to do something in present.
His presence makes a small little leaf to duck under
His little movement enables leaf to take a big sky jump
And let him remember, I am not alone.
Plural of “I” becomes “we”
We shall give a good fight to him
And not run away or flee.
11/09 or 26/11 makes no difference
We always have some cross reference
We are neither afraid nor coward.
We are sending a prayer forward
Oh, ALMIGHTY, give us a right
to end our life at our will
When we have settled our important bills
And our contribution to the cause of this world is “NIL”
And also a wisdom to recognise HIS will.
I believe, death being a certainty should be treated by us as a friend. So
let us welcome the friend with a smile.
Gift of pain !
Nobody wants pain but everybody gets it ! May be of different
variety and intensity, but if we are living in this world, then we all share the
common inheritance and experience of pain, either physical or
psychological . . . .
“Pain is inevitable, suffering is optional”
What’s the difference among us when we come across pain ?
Simply, some people, who are overwhelmed by their pain, lose control over them
and are controlled by pain. They begin to panic with frustration and seek
instant solution. While others cope and manage pain simply by accepting. The
realistic perspective on pain, no matter how harsh and painful, keeps us
mentally, emotionally, and spiritually sound.
“The nature of rains is the same, but it makes thorns grow
in the marshes and flowers in the gardens”.
“Suffering is an emotional response; pain is a neurological
one.”
More Suffering occurs just because of basic tendency to
hold on ! ! It is worth realising that pain is more of a psychological
phenomenon than physical. Just an emotional state of mind.Mullah Nassrudin was asked after his wife’s operation : “How
is your wife now ? Has she fully recovered now from the operation ?” And
he answered : “No, not yet. She is still talking about it.”
The gift of pain :
From health’s perspective, pain is a wake-up call ! Through
pain, we are educated to understand the iron laws of the universe. Pain gives
us a signal to realise that something is wrong, something needs to change, and
problem needs treatment. Unless we experience pain, we would not be compelled
to cure and would rot !For instance, a person who enjoys eating sweets may later
suffer from diabetes. But with the signals of warning in form of little pain,
sickness and weakness, he can control and cure the same by changing diet,
taking exercise, etc.
The pain phenomenon in life makes us wiser, strengthens us,
preserves us and teaches us compassion. It just helps in regulating desire and
gradually extirpating desire.
No pain, no gain.
Even though we can’t always choose what happens to us, we
can choose not to be a victim. Pain and pleasure are experienced, not by the
body but always by the mind. Just by changing the perception towards pain, one
remains unruffled in all situations. Enjoying pleasures is a worthwhile
objective. However, a careful scrutiny will show us that there is structural
error in our thinking. Pleasure and pain keep on swapping. Nature has provided
us with these two feelings to help us in our growth and development. Joy and
sorrow are both essential to light the rainbow in the sky of human life. I
have always regarded adversity as a challenge, and great opportunity to learn
and improve. Pleasant experiences make life delightful, but they don’t lead to
growth in themselves. Pain throws light on our own weakness, fault and
mistakes. Suffering identifies area where you need to grow and be transformed.
Just changing our attitude towards pain can change our life
When we face sufferings in the right spirit, we release the
hidden potential in our spirit, from unconscious depth to surface. To react to
adversity with bitterness defeats the Divine plan. Growth and spiritual
evolution depend upon very special qualities like tolerance, perseverance and
endurance.Pain is the sensation which eventually helps us in growing
and expanding our consciousness. To establish in pure consciousness, is the
essence of our life. The suffering with quiet, steady and concentrated mind
provides a deep understanding of life which in turn helps us to see life
objectively with witness like attitude. One moves towards detachment,
disinterestedness and attains Sakshibhav. This attitude gradually elevates the
soul to realise that there is something super which is just beyond body, mind
and intellect.
That is ‘Atma’, our true nature ! Which is real, eternal and
blissful !
From spiritual perspective, adversities are meant to
strengthen our resolve, test our faith and enhance our determination to move
Godward. It is the pain or adversity that helps us to develop our spiritual
muscles. Rather, adversity is essential for our spiritual progress.
Thank God ! There is pain !
Fast track courts for dishonoured cheques : Govt. examining report
39. Fast track courts for dishonoured cheques : Govt. examining report
The Law Commission of India in its 213th Report on “Fast
Track Magisterial Courts for Dishonored Cheque Cases” has made the following
recommendations :
(i) Fast Track Courts of Magistrates should be created to
dispose of dishonoured cheque cases S. 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act,
1881;
(ii) The Central Government and State Governments must
provide necessary funds to meet the expenditure involved in the creation of
Fast Track Courts, supporting staff and other infrastructure. The report is
under examination of the Government. This information was given by Mr
K.Venkatapathy, Minister of State in the Ministry of Law and Justice in the
Lok Sabha today.
(Source : Internet, 22-12-2008)
ICAI — A seat at the high table
38. ICAI — A seat at the high table
Last month witnessed two significant events essential for the
coming of age of the Indian accounting profession. To start with, The Institute
of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) signed an MoU with the Institute of
Chartered Accountants of England & Wales (ICAEW) permitting the members of
either institute to acquire membership of the other by clearing a minimal number
of exams. This, definitely, is a great achievement for the ICAI, and the entire
leadership behind it deserves to be congratulated. This is a goal which was
being pursued for more than one and a half decade. Mutual recognition between
India and the UK was undone in the early ‘90s by measures taken by the Board of
Trade in the UK and the Indian leg of the recognition was withdrawn in the mid
‘90s. At the same time when industry, trade & commerce was increasingly becoming
borderless, Indian accountants were fenced within the political boundaries of
India. This MoU has the potential of defeating the isolation decade and making
the Indian profession become a truly global player. The European Commission (EC)
made a landmark announcement last week. The Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP) of six countries of the world — United States, Japan, Canada,
India, China and South Korea — were declared to be equivalent to International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). This followed a positive opinion given by
the European Parliament and all member states to the European Securities
Committee in the previous month. While this is a testimony to the application
and rigor of accounting standards in India, it also acknowledges the fact that
the fundamental genetic material of Indian accounting standards are the purveyor
of IFRS. Though these developments would definitely bring cheer in these gloomy
times, but at the same time, there is a pertinent clause added to it. In its
announcement, the EC said that the situation in four of these six countries,
i.e., India, China, Canada and South Korea, would be reviewed no later than
2011. Also the EC would regularly monitor the ongoing status of equivalence and
report to the member states and Parliament. Thus, we cannot remove our foot from
the accelerator of convergence to global standards. India’s growing clout in the
accounting world has a lot to do with its status as an emerging economy with a
strong growth rate and deep-pocket investors who are venturing abroad. It is a
matter of pride that India has more than 200 companies, many of them medium
sized, whose debt or equity is listed in Europe. Membership of this exclusive
club brings many responsibilities and expectations. In addition to converging
with IFRS by 2011, and continuing to satisfy EC equivalence criteria in the
forthcoming equivalence tests, we would have to converge our auditing standards,
—particularly the standards for joint audits. The market place, regulators and
ICAI will have to move towards the international goal of ‘qualification free’
public balance sheets, where accounts are recast in order to remove audit
qualifications before they are accepted in a public domain. The MCA in its new
Companies Bill has proposed independence requirements, which would help in
achieving convergence with global independence standards. The logical extension
of all such convergences is to encourage multi-disciplinary partnerships and the
Government has already done its bit by amending the CA Act to permit it. The
Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) has also voted on the necessity of its 500
largest companies to file financial reports from 2009 using the Extensible
Business Reporting Language (XBRL). Similar adoption of XBRL by a number of
other developed countries would mean that India would also have to soon walk on
that path. Sebi has already constituted a committee and this will be the next
big thing that will occupy our attention. A seat at the high table comes with a
lot of obligations, but also with unique opportunities. Opportunities to place
the concerns of the emerging economies on the world stage; opportunities to take
leadership in developing SME (Small, Medium Enterprise) focussed standards;
opportunities to highlight the talent in the country; opportunity to open up new
horizons of global mobility for our professionals.
(Source : Internet, 22-12-2008)
Chartered Accountant held in I-T graft case
37. Chartered Accountant held in I-T graft case
The anti-corruption bureau (ACB) of the Central Bureau of
Investigation (CBI) arrested chartered accountant Rakesh Makhija in connection
with the corruption case involving Additional Commissioner of Income-tax R. K.
Gupta. According to the CBI, Gupta had invested Rs.50 lakh in benami properties
through Makhija, an associate of another chartered accountant, Chandan Parmar.
Earlier, Parmar had been under the scanner of the Delhi CBI in connection with
another corruption case, involving A. K. Gautam, Commissioner of Income-tax.
His laptop has also been seized. Gupta, an Indian Revenue
Officer of the 1994 batch, was arrested on charges of accepting a bribe of Rs.4
lakh from a tax consultant for clearing a pending assessment.
Gupta had demanded Rs.10 lakh and asked the assessee to pay
the remaining Rs.6 lakh the next day, officials said. Later, the Central Bureau
of Investigation found another Rs.8 lakh stashed away in his office drawer.
Joint Director of CBI Rishi Raj Singh told that Gupta had
investments running into over Rs.3 crore. “We have identified five flats
belonging to him and further investigations are on,’’ Singh added.
(Source : The Times of India, 24-12-2008)
New tax code to stop treaty shopping
36. New tax code to stop treaty shopping
The Government may introduce provisions in the new direct tax
code to prevent misuse of double taxation avoidance agreements India has with
other countries. The new code is likely to be unveiled before the year ends. A
Government official said a discussion paper on the code, a major initiative
undertaken under the guidance of the former Finance Minister and present Home
Minister P. Chidambaram, is being fine-tuned. “A discussion paper on the code
explaining the rationale behind every change would be placed in the public
domain,” the official added. A draft bill on the code may also accompany the
paper to enable everyone to express their views on the proposed changes. Double
taxation treaties are essentially agreements between two countries that seek to
eliminate the double taxation of income or gains arising in one country and paid
to residents/companies of the other country. The idea is to ensure that the same
income is not taxed twice. In many instance, however, these agreements are
misused to evade taxes. This is called ‘treaty shopping,’ where usually
residents of a third country take advantage of a tax treaty between two
countries. For example, many companies in other countries route their
investments into India through Mauritius or Cyprus to take advantage of the tax
treaty that these countries have with New Delhi. Both, India-Mauritius and
India-Cyprus tax treaties provide that capital gains arising in India from the
sale of securities can only be taxed in Mauritius and Cyprus. This means no
capital gains tax on investments in securities routed through Mauritius and
Cyprus, as they do not levy tax on capital gains. The discussion paper on the
code would explore ways to check this treaty- shopping. Mr. Chidambaram was
actively involved in the exercise of drafting the code. At the Economic Editors
Conference in November, he had said the draft code would be placed in the public
domain soon. Some options like a general anti-avoidance rule(GAAR), provisions
allowing examination of the real nature of a transaction and a limitation of
benefits clause are being actively examined. Many countries like Singapore and
Canada have a general avoidance provision, GAAR in their domestic income-tax
laws to ensure that treaty benefits accrue only to genuine investors. Singapore
also allows examination of the real nature of a transaction. Earlier, an
internal panel in the Income-tax Department, which examined the issue of treaty
abuse and ways to prevent it, had also made recommendation in favour of GAAR and
a special provision for examination of real nature of transaction.
(Source : Media reports & Internet, 22-12-2008)
The Indian Elections — Comments in New York Times
It is truly the greatest show on Earth, an ode to a diverse
and democratic ethos, where 700 million + of humanity vote, providing their
small part in directing their ancient civilisation into the future. It is no
less impressive when done in a neighbourhood which includes de-stabilising and
violent Pakistan, China, and Burma.Its challenges are immense, more so probably than anywhere
else, particularly in development and fending off terrorism — but considering
these challenges and its neighbours, it is even more astounding that the most
diverse nation on Earth, with hundreds of languages, all religions and
cultures, is not only surviving, but thriving.The nation where Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Sikhism
were born, which is the second largest Muslim nation on Earth; where
Christianity has existed for 2000 years; where the oldest Jewish synagogues
and Jewish communities have resided since the Romans burnt their 2nd temple;
where the Dalai Lama and the Tibetan government in exile reside; where the
Zorastrians from Persia have thrived since being thrown out of their ancient
homeland; where Armenians and Syrians and many others have to come live; where
the Paris-based OECD said was the largest economy on Earth 1500 of the last
2000 years, including the 2nd largest only 200 years ago; where 3 Muslim
Presidents have been elected, where a Sikh is Prime Minister and the head of
the ruling party a Catholic Italian woman, where the President is also a
woman, succeeding a Muslim President who as a rocket scientist was a hero in
the nation; where a booming economy is lifting 40 million out of poverty each
year and is expected to have the majority of its population in the middle
class, already equal to the entire US population, by 2025; where its optimism
and vibrancy is manifested in its movies, arts, economic growth, and voting,
despite all the incredible challenges and hardships; where all the great
powers are vying for influence, as it itself finds its place in the world.
Where all of this is happening, is India, and as greater than 1/10 of humanity
gets ready to vote, it is an inspiration to all the World.(Source : Media Reports & Internet, 20-5-2009)
International convention on tax frauds
Mobility of international capital coupled with access to
tax havens has facilitated amnesty and global tax holiday for owners of such
capital — said an anonymous tax administrator. To strike at the very root of
what OECD also refers to as harmful tax practices pursued by jurisdictions
encouraging tax evasion, it has done pioneering work in the past few decades
by prescribing standards and directives, including ranking countries on their
transparency and willingness to share information on tax defaulters.The debate has surfaced with last year’ reports that the
German government had in its possession data on possible tax evaders and has
offered to provide such information to countries. What has added fuel is the
US IRS move to overcome the Swiss banking secrecy code to unearth information
on US tax defaulters.Back home, a public interest litigation petition was filed
in the Supreme Court seeking suitable directions to the government to initiate
action against Indians who have illegally siphoned off monies and deposited
unlawfully in Swiss banks. The Apex Court is yet to admit the PIL.
Swiss banking secrecy code :
The Swiss Banking Laws date to the early ’30s and owe its
origin to prevention of Nazi authorities’ attempts to investigate assets held
in Switzerland and belonging to Jews and ‘enemies of the state’. The secrecy
law firstly does not protect private ban-king information; instead, the
protection is similar to confidentiality protection between an attorney and
his client. The Swiss administration views the right to privacy as a
fundamental principle which ought to be protected by all democratic countries.
While secrecy is protected, in practice all bank accounts are linked to an
identified individual, and a Swiss prosecutor or judge may issue a ‘lifting
order’ to grant law enforcement agencies access to information relevant to a
criminal investigation. Swiss law distinguishes between tax evasion and tax
fraud. International legal assistance and cooperation is also granted for
criminal investigations. Banking secrecy may be lifted by a court order in
cases of ‘tax fraud’ or ‘severe cases of tax evasion’. However, information is
not provided if the request constitutes a mere fishing expedition. On part of
Switzerland, no legitimate stance is spared to ensure that the confidence of
the world’s richest is maintained by the Swiss banking community which
constitutes the backbone of the economy.Exchange of information clause under the tax treaty, The
OECD and UN model tax conventions underscore the importance of exchange of
information by earmarking a separate article titled ‘Exchange of information’
which provides a statutory recognition to a process by which treaty partners
share information.The information exchange should be relevant to carrying out
provisions of the convention or domestic laws of the contracting state
concerning only taxes. Generally, the convention cannot impose an obligation
to collect and exchange information where administrative measures are at
variance with the law of the other contracting state.In other words, a contracting state is not bound to
exchange information, which is not obtainable in the normal course of the
administration of its state. For instance, if India views an act as an
exchange control violation or money laundering and such acts are not
considered as an economic offence in the treaty partner jurisdiction,
information clause for such acts cannot be invoked under international
convention.Tax treaties also provide for secrecy of information and
govern its usage. This is based on the premise that reciprocal assistance
between tax administrations is feasible only if each administration is assured
that the other will treat the information with adequate confidentiality. The
UN model specifically stipulates that exchange of information should be ‘in
particular, for the prevention of fraud or evasion of such taxes’. However,
this phrase is not present in the OECD Model convention. Indian tax treaties
are predominantly based on the UN model convention.Is the US IRS action against Swiss banks unilateral ?
Under the US-Swiss 2003 amended treaty, provisions that allow exchange of
information protected by the banking secrecy code is permitted only where the
information is necessary for the prevention of ‘tax fraud or a similar
offence’.What drove the IRS was the administration’s multi-pronged
investigation in 2008 to uncover the identity of US citizens with secret
accounts in a Swiss bank. This was followed by a Federal Grand order in
January 2009 declaring the Swiss banks’ head of wealth management a fugitive
after he failed to surrender on charges of conspiracy for helping Americans to
conceal assets and avoid paying taxes. On threat of prosecution, the Swiss
bank agreed to pay a hefty fine and reveal details of Swiss accounts.The US IRS simultaneously filed another suit against the
bank to reveal its 52,000 American client details by issuing ‘John Doe’
summons. A ‘John Doe’ summons is issued when the prosecution does not know who
might be violating the law. Some US legal experts believe that if it were
intended that the summons power could be used to obtain information, which
could not be obtained under the tax treaty, it is expected that such intent be
discussed in treaty negotiations. Hence, legal experts are circumspect about
IRS overzealous actions. And more recently, the Obama administration endorsed
a legislation to crackdown on offshore tax havens, raising the stakes in a
showdown between the US and bank secrecy nations.What could be India’s challenge ? The Swiss-India tax
treaty provides for a standard exchange of information clause by virtue of
which both countries can exchange information under their respective laws in
the normal course of administration, as is necessary for carrying out the
provisions of treaty in relation to taxes.Attempts made by India in the past suggest that the Swiss
authorities have refused to provide information (with regard to bank deposits)
on the ground that such information was not at the disposal of the tax
competent authorities and that the requisition was only for the enforcement of
Indian domestic law such as FEMA or anti-money laundering.Recognising the policy on ‘banking secrecy law’ and
‘information exchange’ has come under criticism. In March 2009, Switzerland
agreed to renegotiate more effective tax cooperation with the United States to
bolster tax information exchange.
SC pending cases breaches 50,000
-
SC pending cases breaches
50,000
In a blow to the concept of ‘speedy justice’, the number of
cases pending at the Supreme Court has gone over 50,000 for the first time in
a decade. With computerisation of the Supreme Court registry and the use of
infotech in docket management, the backlog in the 1990s was brought down from
over one lakh to a manageable 20,000. But as of March 31, 2009, the figure
stood at 50,163, the highest in the last decade.It shows that the rush of litigants, despite an increased
disposal rate, has proved more than a match for the judges, who often hear 80
cases or more every day. The pendency has steadily crept upwards since 2006,
when it stood at 34,649. In January 2007, it rose to 39,780, a jump of over
5,000 cases. Justice K. G. Balakrishnan took over as the Chief Justice of
India at this time and tried to put in place mechanisms to arrest the
spiralling wait-list. Despite quicker clearance, the Court failed to cut down
on the pending list as the number of new cases swelled every year. By January
2008, the figure had registered a steep jump of over 7,000 cases to reach
46,926. Exactly a year later, it was 49,819, and the 50,000 figure was
breached in March. A similar trend was seen at the level of High Courts and
Trial Courts. The 21 High Courts, working with a strength of 635 judges as
against a sanctioned strength of 886, reported a pendency of 38.7 lakh cases
on January 1, 2009. It’s a rise of 1.3 lakh cases from January 2008, when the
figure was 37.4 lakh. The Trial Courts, with a judge strength of 13,556 as
against a sanctioned strength of 16,685, were burdened with an additional ten
lakh cases by January 2009, when the pendency figure was 2.64 crore. It stood
at 2.54 crore cases exactly a year ago.CJI Balakrishnan has been repeatedly requesting state
governments to induct additional 10,000 judges to tackle the huge backlog, but
most of them have brushed aside the only practical solution by citing a funds
crunch.(Source : The Times of India, 28-5-2009)
Legal consultancy services
Service tax has been introduced on Legal Consultancy Services, through an amendment by Finance Act, 2009. The levy has been notified w.e.f. 1-9-2009. Hence, Service tax would be payable on Services provided on or after 1-9-2009.
2. Statutory provisions :
The relevant extracts from the Finance Act; 1994, as amended (‘Act’) are reproduced hereafter for ready reference :
S. 65(105) (zzzzm) of the Act :
Taxable service means any service provided or to be provided :
To a business entity, by any other business entity, in relation to advice, consultancy or assistance in any branch of law, in any manner :
Provided that any service provided by way of appearance before any court, tribunal or authority shall not amount to taxable service.
Explanation — For the purposes of this sub-clause, ‘business entity’ includes an association of persons, body of individuals, company or firm, but does not include an individual;
3. Scope of services :
(a) The scope of services liable to Service tax, as explained through Dept. Circular [DOF No. 334/B/2009 — TRU dated 6-7-2009], is as under :
Para 2.3
As in the case of management consultancy or engineering consultancy service, any consultancy, advice or technical assistance provided in any discipline of law is proposed to be subjected to service tax. However, the tax would be limited to services provided by a business entity to another business entity. It has been defined that a business entity includes firms, associates, enterprises, companies, etc. but does not include an individual. Thus, services provided by an individual advocate either to an individual or even to a business entity would be outside the scope of the taxable service. Similarly, the services provided by a corporate legal firm to an individual would also be outside the purview of taxable service. Any service of appearance before any court of law or any statutory authority would also be kept outside this levy.
(b) In all Other Taxable Services, even an Individual Service Provider is liable to Service tax. However that is not the case in respect of Legal Consultants.
(c) For levy of Service tax under the head Legal Consultancy Services, there is no requirement that the ‘legal entity’ should be a member of the Bar Council of the respective state or any such body. Thus even a Sales Tax Practitioner/Income Tax Practitioner rendering services as a ‘business entity’, other than those providing services in their individual capacity, are required to pay Service tax. For that matter even retired officers of the Department providing services in the areas of Central Excise, Customs, Service tax etc. as a group would be covered. Thus, the Scope of Service is very wide so as to include large variety of Consultants including Document Writers, Marriage Counsellors, Passport and Visa Consultants, etc.
4. Levy is discriminatory :
In his Budget Speech for the year 2009-10, the Finance Minister explained the scope of the proposed levy in the following manner :
“As the hon’ble Members are aware, services provided by Chartered Accountants, Cost Accountants and Company Secretaries as well as by engineering and management consultants are presently charged to Service Tax. Although there is a school of thought that legal consultants do not provide any service to their client, I hold my distinguished predecessor in high esteem and disagree ! As such, I propose to extend Service Tax on advice, consultancy or technical assistance provided in the field of law. This tax would not be applicable in case the service provider or the service receiver is an individual.”
As stated earlier, a very pertinent aspect of the levy of Legal Consultancy Services is that, Service Providers rendering services in their individual capacity are kept out of the levy. There is no convincing reasoning given for the same by the Govt.
In this regard, it needs to be noted that, various professional service providers (an illustrative list given hereafter) are liable to Service tax irrespective of the status of the Service Provider
It would appear that, exclusion of individuals from the ambit of Legal Consultancy Services liable to Service tax, is discriminatory vis a vis Other Professional Service Providers. The same needs to be speedily addressed by the Govt.
S. Some issues:
S.l LAW 1 is a partnership firm of advocates & solicitors practising in the areas of litigations as well as consultations. As at 1-9-2009, LAW1 has out-standing advances to the tune of Rs.S crores which could be for the following services:
a) Taxable services
b) Exempt
c) Out of pocket reimbursements
Law 1 wants to know its Service tax obligations and time limit within which Service tax liability is to be discharged by them in regard to the advances out-standing as at 1-9-2009.
5.1A Though service tax payment to government is linked to receipt of consideration for services (either actual or advance), taxable event for levy of Service Tax, is ‘provision of or rendering Service’ and not ‘Receipt of Consideration’. Hence, it would reasonably appear that, LA W1 would be liable to Service Tax on advances received prior to 1-9-2009 for Tax-able Services provided on or after 1-9-2009.
In this regard, it would become essential for LAW1, to identify outstanding advances vis-a-vis taxable services/exempt services and out of pocket expenses.
This position is impliedly made clear under Rule 6(1) of Service Tax Rules, relevant extracts of which are reproduced hereafter:
Rule 6(1) – Payment of Service Tax
The service tax shall be paid to the credit of the Central Government by the 5th of the month immediately following the calendar month in which the payment are received, towards the value of taxable services :
Provided that where the assessee is an individual or proprietary firm or partnership firm, the service tax shall be paid to the credit of the Central Government by the 5th of the month immediately following the quarter in which the payments are received, towards the value of taxable services:
Provided further that notwithstanding the time of receipt of payment towards the value of services, no service tax shall be payable for the part or whole of the value of services, which is attributable to services provided during the period when such services were not taxable:
Provided also that the service tax on the value of taxable service received during the month of March, or the quarter ending in March, as the case may be, shall be paid to the credit of the Central Government by the 31st day of March of the calendar year.
Explanation – For the removal of doubt it is hereby clarified that in case the value of taxable service is received before providing the said service, service tax shall be paid on the value of service attributable to the relevant month, or quarter, as the case may be.
It is felt that, if conditions under ten lakh exemption notification are satisfied, the LAWl can avail Exemption upto 10 lakhs for the period 1-9-2009 to 31-3-2010.
Service Tax liability would have to be discharged by LAWl in regard to Outstanding Advances which are attributable to taxable services by 5th October, 2009.
5.2 MR SMART is an individual lawyer practising in the Sole Proprietorship firm name of ‘SMART SOLUTIONS’. Due to conflicting views being expressed by professionals, MR SMART is confused as to whether or not he is liable to Service tax under legal consultancy services. Kindly advise MR SMART.
5.2A The Explanation to S. 65(105)(zzzzm) of the Act reads as under :
For the purpose of this sub-clause, ‘business entity’ includes an association of persons, body of individuals, company or firm, but does not include an individual.
It is a reasonably settled position that a proprietory concern is only a business name in which a proprietor carries on his business. It has no independent legal status.
In this regard useful reference can be made to Ashok Transport Agency v. Awadhesh Kumar, (1998) 5 SCC 567 & SK Real Estates v. Ahmed Meeran, (2002) 111 Comp Cases 400 (Mad.).
Hence, it would appear that, MR SMART would be excluded from the ambit of Legal Consultancy Services introduced w.e.f. 1-9-2009.
However, it is possible that, service tax authorities could adopt a view that a firm as a business entity would include a proprietary concern. It is felt that, CBEC should issue appropriate clarifications to avoid litigations.
5.3 The proviso to S. 65(105)(zzzzm) of the Act, reads as under:
“Service providing by way of appearance before Court, Tribunal or other Authority shall not amount to taxable Service.
It is very common that several services related to appearances are also provided by lawyers like drafting of replies to notices, drafting of appeals and stay petitions, compilation of submissions, etc.
Whether services related to appearances would be excluded from the ambit of legal consultancy services liable to service tax.
5.3A It needs to be expressly noted that the exemption granted in regard to legal consultancy services is differently worded as compared to exemption to practising CA.
Exemption granted to practising CAs and others in terms of Notification No. 25 /06-ST dated 13-7-2006 reads as under :
Services provided or to be provided in professional capacity, to a client, relating to representing the client before any statutory authority in the course of proceedings initiated under any law for the time being in force, by way of issue of notice ..
Further, appearance before the statutory authorities in respect of practising chartered accountants, cost accountants and company secretaries is exempt, but exemption is available only if such appearance is in pursuance to a notice. In the case of legal consultancy services, such services are exempt even if appearance is not in pursuance to a notice.
On a plain reading of proviso to S. 65(105)(zzzzm) stated above, it appears that, services related to appearances before Court/Tribunal/etc. like drafting, consultations, study & research, etc. may strictly not be regarded as exempt service. The terminology ‘in or in relation to’ extensively employed in the Finance Act, 1994 is not found in the proviso to S. 65(105)(zzzzm) of the Act.
Business Restructuring & CENVAT Credit
In the fast changing corporate environment, business restructuring has become very common. Some of the more common modes of business restructuring are as under :
- Merger/Amalgamation of Companies
- Takeover of One Company by Another
- De-Merger of Companies
- Sale of Business
- Transfer of Business to a Joint Venture
- Lease of Business to Another Company
- Conversion of Partnership into a Company
- Restructuring through part IX of the Companies Act, 1956.
The Finance Act, 1994 and Service Tax Rules, 1994 do not contain specific provisions for implications arising out of different modes of business restructuring. However, CENVAT Credit Rules, 2004 (CCR) contain Rules for transfer of Unutilised Credit Balance under certain circumstances.
2 General Implications :
On amalgamation or merger, the running business of amalgamating entity as going concern, vests by virtue of Court Order in the amalgamated entity. The amalgamated entity thus steps into the shoes of the amalgamating entity and takes over all assets and liabilities including rights under contracts/agreements, etc. of amalgamating entity without break in continuity of business.
3 CENVAT Credit :
The provisions contained in Rule 10 of CCR are briefly stated as under :
a) Transfer of Unutilised Credit Balance in CENVAT Credit Account from the Transferor to the Transferee is permitted in case of change in ownership or change in site resulting from the following :
– Sale
– Merger
– Amalgamation
– Lease or
– Transfer to a joint venture
b) The arrangement of transfer should explicitly provide for transfer of liabilities of the old factory/business.
c) According to Rule 10(3) of CCR, transfer of CENVAT Credit shall be allowed only if the stock of inputs or in process or capital goods are also transferred along with the factory or business premises to the new site or ownership. Further, the same are to be duly accounted to the satisfaction of the Dy Commissioner/Asst Commissioner of Central Excise. (DC / AC).
4 Some Issues :
4.1 What is Sale, Merger, Amalgamation, etc. for the purpose of CCR :
The different modes of business restructing specified under Rule 10(1) of CCR are not defined under CCR. Hence, recourse would have to be made to meanings attributed to the said terms in common parlance/relevant statutes/judicial pronouncements, etc.
Some of the meanings attributed to the different modes of restructuring under Dictionaries/Judicial Rulings, etc., are given hereafter for ready reference :
a) Sale :
According to Section 2(h) of Central Excise Act, 1944
‘Sale’ and ‘purchase’ with their grammatical variations and cognate expressions, mean any transfer of the possession of goods by one person to another in the ordinary course of trade or business for cash or deferred payment or other valuable consideration.
b) Merger/Amalgamation :
- According to HALSBURY’S LAWS OF ENGLAND : “Neither reconstruction nor ‘amalgamation’ has a precise legal meaning.”
- ‘Amalgamation’ is a blending of two or more existing undertakings into one undertaking, the shareholders of each blending company becoming substantially the shareholders in the company which is to carry on the blended undertaking. There may be amalgamation either by transfer of two or more undertakings to a new company or by the transfer of one or more undertakings to an existing company. [Halsbury’s Laws of England, 4th Edn. Vol. VII, para 1539 (Page 855). [See also Baytrust Holdings Ltd. vs. I.R.C. (1971) 3 All ER 76 : (1971) 1 WLR 1333 : Brooklands Selangor Holdings Ltd. vs. Inland Revenue Commissioner, (1970) 2 All ER 76 (Ch D].
- The term ‘amalgamation’ contemplates not only a state of things in which two companies are so jointed as to form a new company, but also the absorption and blending of one by the other. [Re. : Walker’s Settlement, (1935) 1 Ch 567 : (1935) 5 Com Cases 412]
- In a decision of the Andhra Pradesh High Court ‘amalgamation’ is explained as a state of things under which either two companies are so jointed as to form a third entity or one is absorbed into or blended with another. [Cf. S. S. Samayajulu vs. Hope Prudhomme & Co. Ltd., (1963) 2 Comp LJ 61 (AP).]
c) Transfer :
The word ‘transfer’ is comprehensive and is regarded generally as comprehending within its scope transfers both voluntary and involuntary. In the absence of distinct genus or category, no presumption can arise that the word ‘transfer’ must be construed in the sense of a voluntary act of transfer since ‘sale’ ‘exchange’ or ‘relinquishment’ are, in the normal acceptation of those terms, voluntary acts. The words (a) sale, (b) exchange, (c) relinquishment, and (d) transfer must, accordingly, be given their plain and natural meaning and there is no justification for restricting the wide comprehension of the last of the four words to voluntary transfers by the application of the ejusdem generis rule. [Mangalore Electric Supply Co. Ltd. vs. CIT 113 ITR 655 (SC)]
d) Joint Venture :
Joining together of two or more business entities or persons in order to undertake a specific business venture. A joint venture is not a continuing relationship such as a partnership. [Barron’s Dictionary of Accounting Terms]
e) Lease :
- An agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee, in return for rent, the right to use an asset for an agreed period of time. [‘Guidance note on accounting for leases’ issued by ICAL]
- An agreement conveying the right to use property, plant, or equipment (land or depreciable assets,) usually for specified purposes and for a stated period of time. [Dictionary for accountants by Kohler.]
- Legal agreement whereby the lessee uses real or personal property of the lessor for a rental charge. The contract may provide for the time period of lease, designated purposes and restrictions. [Barron’s Dictionary for accounting terms.]
4.2 Modes of business restructuring not specified under CCR:
Rule 10 of CCR provides for transfer of Unutilised CENVAT Credit Balance only in 5 specific situations, viz. Sale, Merger, Amalgamation, Lease or Transfer to a Joint Venture. A question could arise as to what would happen in a case not strictly falling under the aforesaid specific situations. Strictly speaking there could be practical difficulties.
However, as regards situations which are strictly not covered by Rule 10(1) of CCR, it is felt that though the sub-rule does not contain clear-cut provision, since the procedures prescribed under the erstwhile Proforma Credit Scheme would apply mutatis mutandis to the MODV AT [CENVAT] Scheme, a recourse could be made to the procedure laid down in Ministry’s Circular No. 14 / 79, dated 7-4-1979 in terms of erstwhile Rule 56A(6) of erstwhile Central Excise Rules. It would appear that the same would be equally relevant for CCR.
4.3 Capital Goods:
Under CCR, in regard to capital goods, only 50% of the Credit can be availed in the year of receipt and balance 50% can be availed only in the subsequent year.
In this regard, Rule 4(2)(b) of CCR is reproduced hereafter for ready reference:
“The balance of CENV AT credit may be taken in any financial year subsequent to the financial year in which the capital goods received in the factory of the manufacturer, or in the premises of the provider of output service, if the capital goods other than components, spares and accessories, refractories and refractory materials, moulds and dies and goods falling under [heading 6805, grinding wheels and the like, and parts thereof falling under heading 6804] of the First Schedule to the Excise Tariff Act, are in the possession of the manufacturer of final products, or provider of output service in such subsequent years.
Hence, in case of business restructuring, if 50%” of credit is availed by a Tranferor company prior to merger, issues could arise as to whether in- such cases balance 50% can be availed by the new Transferee entity after merger.
In the case of Shri Chamundeshwari Sugar Mills Ltd. vs. CCE (2007) 217 ELT 65 (Tri.-Bang) capital goods were leased out with the unit and 50% of duty credit was availed wherein the unit was not in possession of lessee. However, the entry was reversed and Cenvat Credit was never utilised. Under the said circumstances, the Tribunal held that availment of credit was irregular, but in view of reversal, penalty and interest was not imposable.
It would appear that the matter needs to be addressed through appropriate amendment under CCR.
4.4 Transfer of all assets & liabilities:
Rule 10(3) of CCR specifically provides that transfer of business of a service provider, should specifically provide for transfer of liabilities of such business.
An issue that arises for consideration is, whether in cases where through inadvertence a specific mention is not made in the takeover document for transfer of liabilities, can the Service Tax Authorities deny transfer of Unutilised Credit Balance at the end of transferor?
In the case of Reliance Petrochemicals Pvt. Ltd. vs. CC & CE (2007)215 ELT 254 (Tri.-Mum), the takeover document did not specify that the Transferee took over the liabilities also of the Transferor with assets. However, at the time of surrender of registration, the Transferee had by way of letters, undertaken to assume the liabilities of the Transferor arising on and after the date of transfer. In light of the above, the Tribunal held that there was sufficient compliance of Rule 10(2) of CCR.
Despite the above ruling, it would appear that proper care should be taken while drafting takeover documents.
4.5 Existence of Stocks at the end of Transferor:
Rule 10(3) of CCR provides that transfer of CENVAT Credit shall be allowed only if stock of inputs/Capital goods is also transferred alongwith the business premises and inputs/ Capital goods on which Credit has been availed of are duly accounted to the satisfaction of DC/ AC.
An issue that arises for consideration is, whether physical existence of stocks of inputs/Capital goods is necessary, for transfer of UnutiIised Credit Balance at the end of transferor to the transferee.
It is a settled principle laid down by the Supreme Court in CCE vs. Dai [chi Karkaria Ltd. (1999) 112 ELT 353 (SC) that MODVAT/ CENVAT mechanism does not require one to one correlation between inputs and outputs.
There has been a consistent attempt by the Central Excise Dept. to deny transfer of Unutilised Credit Balance in cases where there are no physical stocks at the end of the transferor .
However, the trend of judicial rulings appears to be consistent as well, to the effect that existence of physical stocks is not necessary if other conditions under CCR are complied with. In this regard, reference can be made to the following rulings:
- Aar Aay Products vs. CCE, (2003)157 ELT 40 (Tri.-Delhi).
- CCE vs. Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Ltd., (2005) 191 ELT 660 (Tri.-Chennai)
- CCE vs. Smithkline Beecham Consumer Health Care Ltd., (2007)209ELT96 (Tri.-Chennai).
- Shree Ram Multi-Tech Ltd. vs. CCE, (2007) 217 ELT 136 (Tri.-Chennai).
- Kevin Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. vs. CCE, (2007) 219 ELT 181 (Tri.-Mumbai).
4.6 Transfer of Unutilised CENV AT Credit in proportion to duties paid in stocks at the time of transfer
Efforts are often being made by the Central Excise Authorities to restrict the transfer of Unutilised CENVAT Credit Balance to the extent of duties paid in stocks at the time of transfer.
As stated earlier, since no one-to-one correlation is required between inputs and outputs, matching of duties in Stocks and Balancein CENVAT Credit Account would be against the settled principles laid down by the .r Supreme Court.
In this regard, attention is drawn to a recent Madras High Court ruling in CCE vs. CEST AT (2008)230 ELT 209 (MAD) wherein it has been held that CENVAT Credit Rules do not require transfer of Credit corresponding only to the quantum of inputs transferred.
Renting of immovable property — A dilemma for property owners
The SEBI Pyramid Order — A fascinating case study of greed, high-tech investigation and weak laws
2) One may wonder why such an order did not receive the wide publicity it deserved. The cynic in me believes that this was because journalists (including an ex-journalist) of a leading business and other newspapers were allegedly to be directly involved — in fact, one of them has been arrested.
3) The case has lessons for both companies and professionals. The high tech atmosphere we are living in ensures that the way in which we interact — through calls and SMS, through emails and even physical movements can be meticulously documented and unravelled. Bank accounts and their transactions, stock market transactions, share transfers through depositories are all through electronic mode and the details of which can be instantly unravelled in detail. What is worse, one may be put on the defensive even if calls, SMS or even stock markets transactions happened unknowingly with parties who are later found to be scamsters. The technology of recording, satellite tracking, mobile call records, etc. may raise embarrassing questions and instead of the regulator being required to prove guilt, the onus may shift on the accused simply on basis of these records.
4) The case will also have repercussions under securities and other laws. The issues are :
- how far such electronic data — in several new forms including physical locations of persons based on the location of their mobile phone —can be held to be admissible evidence.
- whether under the applicable laws, particularly the securities laws administered by SEBI, such data is sufficient to hold a person guilty.
It need to be noted that, even as I write this article, the person whom SEBI alleges to be the prime accused/mastermind is still not arrested and reportedly, SEBI is consulting senior criminal lawyers as to whether SEBI has the power to arrest him. Probably, the reason is that even this meticulous investigation has not been able to bring up evidence that would prove, to the level demanded by criminal law, his involvement.
5) Let us then go straight into the case. Let us start with what has been stated to have happened. I may add a caveat here that this article is intended to be an academic exercise to understand more of securities laws through the Order as a case study. Hence, the correctness or otherwise of the statements made in the Order are not known and are simply assumed to be correct to help focus on the interesting issues involved. Further, the Order itself is interim and without giving the parties a benefit of a reply or hearing. To make this article readable, I have avoided the use of the word ‘allegedly’ ad nauseam throughout this article but it should be read into every statement.
6) Pyramid Saimira Theatre Limited is a listed company. Its background is not relevant here except that there were 2 promoter groups represented by Mr. P. S. Saminathan and Mr. Nirmal Kotecha. Some shares were transferred between the two groups which would have triggered an open offer. However, before SEBI could examine the matter and give a direction, a forged SEBI order was served on the Company and its Promoters. As per this order, Mr. Saminathan was required to make an open offer within 14 days at a price of Rs. 250, when the ruling market price was around Rs. 70 — a fraction of such open offer price —and that too was allegedly manipulated.
7) One can expect the sheer temptation to buy shares at the ruling price of around Rs. 70 with a hope of getting the SEBI-ordered price of Rs. 250 or at least a modest and quick appreciation by selling at a higher price. As the proverbial fools rushed in to buy (including several funds), Mr. Nirmal Kotecha and his alleged associates started selling — and selling as if there was no tomorrow. He sold almost the whole of his stake as Promoter — he started selling when the price was Rs. 70-80 and went on selling when the price fell as the fact that the SEBI letter was a forgery came to be known.
8) The resultant investigation revealed a meticulously timed conspiracy. A letter on a letterhead identical to SEBI’s was couriered by an ex-journalist. The courier company was directed to serve the letter not in the normal course but on a specific day. Accounts were opened with several brokers and preparations made to dump the shares at the time when such letter was served and the news was made public. And then the shares were thus sold as if in a torrent. As per the Order, Nirmal Kotecha himself and through associated entities sold 70.99 lakhs shares.
9) Further investigation showed that the facts were even murkier. The price of about Rs. 75 was itself a jacked-up price by Nirmal Kotecha allegedly using several front persons to engage in circular/fictitious trades. The front persons used were, as SEBI found out, very poor persons staying in the distant suburbs of Mumbai. These persons, with nil or nominal income, traded in lakhs of shares of Pyramid. Interestingly, when SEBI visited one of such persons — an impoverished engineering student — he admitted that he had no knowledge of the trading and that blank signed documents of various types were obtained from him. Shockingly, while this interview was in progress, Nirmal Kotecha barged in and asked him to stop giving the statement and modify the earlier statement. Resultantly, he stopped giving the statement. SEBI has filed police complaint against Nirmal Kotecha for such obstruction.
10. The high tech investigation of SEBI to unravel some aspects of the conspiracy is something to admire and appreciate. The forged letter was allegedly issued by an ex-journalist who, alongwith certain other journalist colleagues, arranged for wide publicity of the letter. SEBI tracked the exact movements of Nirmal Kotecha and these persons by using the mobile tower data of their mobiles. It traced them to exact locations during the critical period when the fraud was happening – near a temple in Dadar and in a reputed restaurant in Dadar. It was found that these persons had been in this hotel for a specified period together. It was then found that two of such persons proceeded to go towards Dalal Street.
11. Calls made by such persons during such periods were traced with the length of the calls noted. The sequence of calls was also used to construct the underlying conspiracy at it happened. Interestingly, the mobile number of the Company Secretary of Pyramid was given to some journalists who wanted to confirm the correctness of the information. The Company Secretary said that he had no knowledge of the SEBI letter. Yet another number of another Company Secretary of Pyramid group was given. It turned out that the number actually was in the name of another person and did not belong to the other Company Secretary. Such person took the calls and confirmed the information. The Company Secretary to whom such journalists assumed they were talking denied receiving any such call. The person who took the calls is not traceable.
12. Email exchanges of concerned parties were also meticulously traced to know particularly how publicity was organised for the forged letter.
13. It will be interesting to see as to what extent the data of this sophisticated investigation in the form of call logs, actual physical locations of mobiles, etc. are admissible as evidence in law and useful to pinpoint the guilt, particularly for prosecution.
14. SEBI has also uncovered other information relating to the case. It appears that huge withdrawals and deposits of cash were made in accounts allegedly connected to Nirmal Kotecha. The fronts through whom Nirmal Kotecha dealt with also received huge loans from certain persons who also are allegedly connected with Nirmal Kotecha. These loans were alleged to have been arranged by a Chartered Accountant.
15. The investigation led to earlier years and it was found that the seeds of the conspiracy were sown much earlier around when shares in Pyramid were allotted to Nirmal Kotecha. The merchant banker who carried out several assignments for Pyramid also gave a buy recommendation for the shares of Pyramid giving a very high target price – far higher than recommendations by other analysts.
16. Even the purchase of shares between the two Promoters which would have triggered the open offer was alleged to be fictitious.
17. SEBI has vide its interim Order banned almost 250 entities in various manner till further directions. Generally, these entities have been banned from buying/selling in the capital markets. Curiously, the fronts – the pathetically poor persons – have also been barred from buying/selling. The merchant banker who gave a buy recommendation for Pyramid has beenbanned from giving further recommendations. One of the brokers who opened the accounts of Nirmal Kotecha and his fronts has been barred from accepting new clients.
18. The investigation also shatters some illusions of an independent press. Several existing and past journalists are alleged to have been directly involved in the scam. The Order said that one of them agreed to carry out his part for, what he admitted, a sum of Rs. 10,000. They also used their contacts with other newspapers and parties to publicise this letter and even coordinated with Nirmal Kotecha to arrange for confirmations from officials of the Company. Sadly, but perhaps expectedly, the Order received disproportionately less coverage. A leading business newspaper whose Assistant Editor was accused of being directly part of the scam published a brief article reporting the Order and adding a cryptic sentence that the journalist was under investigation. What is even more curious is the creation by the press of a hero-like halo around Nirmal Kotecha, tracing his ambitions and role-models and how a person coming from a very modest background managed to reach a net worth of Rs. 500 crores at the age of 36 years. His alleged modus operandi of making huge monies buying into shares of otherwise dud companies at low prices and then rigging up the price for offloading such shares has almost been glorified.
19. One cannot also help wondering at the motivations and the expectations of the perpetrators of the scam. How did they believe that they could get away with such a brazen scam of issuing a forged SEBI letter that SEBI was bound to immediately deny issuing? One can accept that they did not expect that their physical movements and calls would be traced with such sophistication and precision. But, how did they believe that their earlier trading and subsequent sales would not be tracked?
In short, is there a faith of such individuals in the defective legal system and its enforcement and perhaps even the corruption that they can expect to get away with such transactions? To repeat, as of writing this article, the person whom SEBI alleges to be the mastermind and main beneficiary has yet to be arrested. It is also to be seen whether such persons would be allowed to use the Consent Order mechanism and escape severe punishment.
20. This case also, particularly as it develops, would become a case study for a student in securities laws since there would be numerous provisions that would be found to have been violated. These would include provisions relating to price manipulation, false trading, Insider Trading, code of conduct of stock brokers and merchant bankers, and so on. This is apart from, of course, other laws such as the Indian Penal Code.
Taxation of Expatriates
Subject : Taxation of Expatriates
Speaker: Pinakin Desai, C.A. Past President, BCAS
Venue : I.M.C. Hall, Churchgate, Mumbai.
Date : 4th March 2009
1. Broad scope : The learned speaker delivered his lecture and simultaneously displayed slides to ensure that all related issues get covered considering the complexity of subject. The determination of tax liability of an expatriate is governed by domestic law and DTAA provisions.
2. Coverage :
- (a) Broadly, the subject will cover the tax liability of expatriates, who are either :
- (i) Resident of other country, or
- (ii) Persons of Indian origin coming to India for a short period for taking employment in India.
- (b) The domestic law provides an option to get himself taxed in his home country on income carried in India, if the DTAA provides such option or otherwise to pay tax on income earned in India and to claim tax credit from tax determined in the home country on global income.
- (c) Expatriates of the above category may be coming to India as employee of foreign company on deputation for rendering services on project undertaken by such foreign employer, or may take an employment with Indian company. In both cases, the tax liability under Indian Tax Law is attracted on salaries earned in India.
3. Dictionary meaning of Expatriate :
A person, who moves from his home country to another country to earn some emolument is known as expatriate.
4. The domestic law provisions applicable to salaries earned in India are :
S. 9(i)(ii) provides that salary earned in India by a non-resident individual will always be considered as chargeable in India.
5. The meaning of salary earned in India :
Explanation to S. 9(i)(ii) creates some controversy — salary paid for services rendered in India is chargeable to tax in India. There is distinction between salary chargeable in India and services rendered in India. One meaning is that whenever the person is physically present in India and renders services during such period, it is salary earned in India. A case may arise where a non-resident, during his service period is frequently travelling outside India, then whether the payment to him for the period when he is outside India is also covered by term services rendered in India. The term earned in India is a wider term which may include the earning outside India, if such earning has nexus with services rendered in India. There are two conflicting Tribunal judgments on this issue.
Under domestic law, salary earned in India is taxable. In case of employees working on rigs there is a cycle of working for say 21 days continuously followed by leave period of 21 days and so on. In such cases, the payment to him for vacation period, if followed by working period, then, salary for rest period will also be treated as salary earned in India liable to tax in India. The rest period preceding or succeeding the work period will also be considered as period of service. The right to enjoy the leave is an emolument flowing from services rendered continuously.
S. 10(6)(vi) provides tax exemption to salary if three conditions stated in that Section are fulfilled. This exemption is different from exemption available to a foreign technician; for S. 10(6)(vi) the persons need not be a technician.
6. Treaty provisions applicable to salary
earned in India and related issues :
Salary provisions are governed by treaty Article, which is titled as Dependent personal services or Income earned from employment. There must be employer-employee relationship for invoking this Article. The treaty provisions to be applied are from the treaty with the country of which the employee is a resident and not of the country of employer who may be resident of some other country.
This is important because where a non-resident taking employment abroad has to travel in another country in connection with his service in India the question may arise, in the absence of this Article as to fixation of liability to deduct tax in Multiple situations, based on source or on physical stay or place where contract is signed. This will create uncertainly about place and amount. The provisions in the treaty will resolve this chaotic situation. The tests to be applied for determining employer-employee relationship are too well known. They do not apply to a working partner of a firm or a professional person dealing on freelancer basis or Director of company as Board member.
Article 16(1) of India-US Treaty — (Dependent personal services) deals with salary, wages, derived by Non-Resident employee, who is resident of the USA. Such salary will be chargeable in the USA irrespective of place where services are rendered. The exception to this rule is where employment is exercised in India. In that case, credit of tax suffered in India can be availed by such USA resident in his country.
As observed earlier, an expatriate will mean and include an Indian citizen coming to India for employment or a foreign citizen taking employment with an Indian company or may be taking employment with a foreign company on deputation on a project undertaken by the foreign company or P.E. of the foreign company. The presence of such person in India to necessary on long-term basis.
7. Considerations not relevant for applying Article 16(1) are :
(i) The place where fruits of an employment are enjoyed is not a relevant factor. If work is exercised in India it is sufficient to attract tax liability under domestic law.
(ii) Place of signing contract, say, in UAE is not relevant where work is exercised in India.
(iii) Headquarters of the employer not relevant.
(iv) Place where emoluments are remitted is not relevant.
(v) Residence of employer or nationality of employee is not relevant. Exercise of employment should generally be of long-term nature and not just casual visit.
Article 16(2) of India-US Treaty:
Article 16(2) deals with circumstances where income may not be taxable in India: This Article provides that income from exercise of employment in India will be taxable in the USA if the following three conditions are fulfilled. The conditions or tests are negatively worded. When these negative tests are converted into positive tests, they become alternative condition. If anyone of these three conditions is fulfilled, then India gets right to tax such emolument in India.
(a) The stay of U.S. Resident in India is more than 183 days.
(b) Remuneration of such US employee is paid by or on behalf of a person, who is resident in India. The number of days stay in India as in (a) above is not relevant.
(c) The employment should be functionally attached to P.E. of foreign company. In that case his salary will be taxable in India.
In all the above three tests, it will be necessary to show that employment was exercised in India, when such employee was present in India.
8. Analysis of above conditions:
As regards first test of stay exceeding 183 days, if the stay is prolonged for more number of days due to sickness or hospitalisation, then such excess stay need not be considered, if otherwise the stay was less than 183 days.
There is some basic difference while interpreting provisions of law and provisions of Articles in treaty. The former is to be strictly construed even at the cost of equity, whereas the treaty being a commercial agreement between two countries, a liberal and equitable approach is permissible.
The second condition is residence of employer in India who is bearing the salary of the non-resident. Such person is normally an employee of foreign company which has deputed him in India for rendering services in India and after his term in India, he is returning to his foreign employer. Till his emoluments for services are rendered in India, the tax is chargeable in India. There may be a case where salary is initially paid by U.S. company and debited to Indian company, even then the position remains unchanged if there is a service contract with Indian company or if Indian company controls his performance of service. So also if the fruits of such service including intellectual property rights are vesting in Indian company, then this test can be said to have been satisfied. The third test is whether remuneration of foreign employee is borne by permanent establishment in India of foreign employer.
There is also reference of fixed base which has same meaning. The term ‘fixed base’ applies to foreign professional firm/ company, whereas P.E. is of business concern.
The logic in taxing emoluments of employee in India is that since the salary paid is claimed as deduction from income of P.E., the tax is chargeable in India. The position remains unchanged even if income of P.E. of foreign employer is taxed on presumptive scheme u/ s.44BB.
The working of income from salary in case of expatriate is to be done in the same manner as in case of resident salary earner.
9. Following issues can arise in computation of salary:
(a) Triangular situation: Illustration:
Example: A U. S. company under a contract with a Norwegian resident deputes him on a project to explore business opportunities for US Co. in India during service period 1-12-2007 to 31-7-2008. The U.S. Company is not having a P.E. in India. Similarly, in both the financial years, viz. 2007-2008 and 2008-2009, the stay of the Norwegian employee is less than 182 days. The question for determining tax liability is which treaty is applicable. As seen earlier, the India-Norway treaty will apply and not India-U.S. treaty.
A recourse is to be taken to three alternative tests. Though the services are rendered in India, they are for less than 183 days in each financial year, so first test Of number of days stay fails. For 2nd test, though services are rendered in India, the employer company is not resident of India. It is U.S. company which is a Non-resident Co. and not having P.E. in India, nor US company is carrying on business in India. It is only exploring opportunities in India. So 2nd test also fails, As regards the 3rd test, the provisions in India-Norway treaty makes a difference.
Normally test of 183 days is to be applied for each financial year separately. In this case, the exemption u/s.l0(6)(vi) (where stay in each year has to be less than 90 days) is also not available to the foreign employee. In respect of India-Norway treaty, the stay for 183 days is to be worked out by taking stay for two consecutive fiscal years together. In view of this treaty provision, the Norwegian employee’s emoluments earned in India will be liable to tax under domestic law u/s.9(1)(ii).
(b) Issue on split residency/dual residency test:
Example: A UK national comes to India in 1st April, 2007 and leaves for the UK in October’ 2007. He has permanent home in the UK. His residential status for India and the UK tax laws for Financial Year 2007-2008 will be as follows:
He is resident in India due to 182 days’ stay. He will also be resident of the UK per tax law of the UK. His earning in India up to September 2007 is liable to tax in India and if from October 2007 to March 2008 he has taken employment in the UK it will be liable to tax in the UK. The difficulty arises due to dual residential status as resident of both India & the UK. Though Indian tax law does not recognise split-residency concept, the UK. tax law considers this concept.
In another case, where a resident of UK has stayed and worked in India for say 21hyears and goes back to the UK he will be considered as Resident of the UK from the day of his returning to the UK.
In the first case for UK tax for first six months up to September, 2007 he is non-resident he being in India; for second six months he is Resident of UK. As per S. 6 he is resident of India considering his stay in earlier years and stay more than 60 days during April to September 2007. Similarly, per UK Law, he becomes resident of the UK the moment he arrives in the UK even though up to September, 2007 he was Non-Resident of UK he being in India.
In such situation, tie-breaker test as provided in OECD update of 2008, will have to be applied. This will apply to income earned in the UK between October 2007 to March 2008 determining which provision of treaty will apply. If it is found that he is treaty resident of the UK by applying tie breaker test, for last 6 months he will be taxed as if he is UK Resident and not as Resident of India.
(c) Issue on Overseas Social Security Contribution:
The learned speaker cited two judgments on deductibility of contribution for social security viz. Gallotti Raoul 61 ITD453 (Mum.) and Eric Moroux (2008) TIDL 145 (Del.) while explaining the facts and ratio, he stated that it is a case of French National coming to India under employment of French Co. working in India. From emoluments earned in India, the Employer Co. used to make two mandatory deductions.
(i) Contribution for benefit of all French nationals, and
(ii) contribution to social security to cover the benefit and costs including impairment in earning potential, medical, old age, professional sickness, etc. These contributions were not providing addition to personal savings like P.P. contribution. There is no income potential provided under the scheme. The French I.T. Act permitted these contributions as deduction from salary income.
Considering these features, those contributions were treated as diversion by overriding title and deductible from gross salary earned in India, and not as application of income.
(d) Issue on ESOP Levy-Key events and Triggers:
The applicable parameters are:
(i) When ESOPs are granted, it is called ‘grant day’. Thereafter subject to the employee’s complying with certain conditions, there will be a vesting. Such shareholder will be eligible thereafter to exercise his right to get allotment.
At the stage of grant by employer there is no tax effect for the employer nor for employee. On the date of vesting, the value gets frozen, but at that time there is no taxability for FBT from employer. S. 115WB(i). After exercise of option, shares will be allotted and on that day the FBT will be payable on the value which was frozen. If the employer recovers the FBT from employee there is a cross charge of amount of FBT recovered from expatriate em-ployee. If, however, the expatriate employee remained outside India from date of grant till the date of exercise of option, then no FBT will be payable. In another situation where the employee was based in India for two years after ESOP was granted, but was outside India on date of exercise of option, after say 3 years the allotment is made, then FBT liabil-ity on frozen value will be worked out proportionately i.e., 2/5th or 40%. No FBT will be payable on balance 60%, when employee was outside India. The same rule will apply to foreign companies offering ESOP to employees based in India.
Where proportionate FBT is recovered from employee, this will not affect FBT liability of employer. As regards employee, if benefit of ESOP is taxed in foreign country in the hands of employee, then he can claim rebate or tax credit of FBT borne by him in India, because FBT is nothing but income-tax.
10. Conversion rate for Salary earned in Foreign Currency Illustration:
Take a case where the salary due on the last day of each month, if actually paid on 10th day of succeeding month. Assuming that on 31st July was Rs.40 per $, whereas on 10th August the rate was say Rs.45 per $. In such case Rule 115provides that the income is to be worked out at the rate when salary is due i.e., 31st July in the present case and not at the rate prevailing on date of receipt. But can employee say that he will pay tax on Rs.40 and not Rs.45 which he has actually received. Similar situation arises re : capital gain received by foreign investor. Though arguable, it is possible to contend that Rule 115 will be binding on Tax Department.
But in opposite case whether the employee can say that his tax liability will be on actual lower realisation and real income principle should be applied.
11. Credit for overseas taxation for TDS u/s.192:
Taking a hypothetical case, where an Indian Company has P.E. abroad, say, in Germany where its employees are working. Those employees are paying tax on their emoluments as per tax laws of Germany. If such employee was in India for part of the Financial Year and received salary in India and thereafter was posted abroad in P.E. of the Co., then the employer can work out the tax on total salary and give credit for the tax deducted in foreign country. The balance tax will be collectible u/s.l92.
However, the CBDT Circular giving guidance note on working of tax liability of employees is silent about giving tax credit for tax deducted in other country. A better view is that per Sec.90, if a treaty exists with a country which has deducted tax, then treaty provisions will supersede substantive provisions of S. 192. A caveat to this is that if foreign Government terms the deduction as provisional and refundable in appropriate cases, then the Indian employer should deduct tax out of abundant precaution.
The meeting terminated with a vote of thanks to the learned speaker Shri Pinakin Desai.
New online system for judicial cases of income tax
The Income-tax Department is set to start an online
‘judicial reference system’ in order to streamline thousands of Departmental
cases being fought in various Courts and I-T Tribunals across the country. The
facility, to be used by I-T Department officials initially, will put in place
all the cases, petitions and Special Leave Petitions (SLPs) in an online
server which will be developed by private vendors, a senior I-T official said
today.Taxpayers can also avail the facility to check the orders
and judgments given by the various I-T Tribunals like the Income Tax Appellate
Tribunal (ITAT) and Courts after the successful implementation of the system.“The Tax Department handles volumes of cases with a long
time span at present being heard at various courts in the country. With this
maiden service all the Assessing Officers and Regional Commissioners will be
able to know the exact status of the cases and take references from older
cases,” the official said.However, the status of cases, replies filed by the
Department and other specific information can be accessed by the Department
officials only, the official said.(Source : Media Reports & Internet, 9-6-2009)
Tax Dept. sees Rs.800 cr evasion through diversion of profits
The Income-tax Department is probing tax evasion to the
tune of Rs.800 crore by some stockbrokers who are believed to be diverting
profits earned on trading in NSE, BSE and commodity markets, to
‘non-deserving’ clients through manipulation of client-specific codes.Sources said profits earned or losses suffered by
individual market players are being diverted to ‘non-deserving’ clients who
have allowed his trading code to be used by a stockbroker. The Department has
estimated that around Rs.800 crore has been siphoned off this way.“The losses suffered or profit earned by an individual or a
company in a day are being diverted to such an entity who is not monitoring
his trade regularly and has given his proprietary code to a broker for playing
in the market,” sources said.Brokers and other players who receive these benefits are
evading huge taxes and are manipulating their genuine capital earned in a
day’s trade, they said.Sources said the Income-tax Department will now communicate
the probe report to market regulator SEBI to gain access to the suspicious
codes and other details from the stock exchanges for further action.(Source : Media Reports & Internet, 9-6-2009)
Various Representations
Shri Pranab Mukherjee
Hon’ble Union Finance Minister
Government of India
North Block, Room No. 134
New Delhi-110001.
Respected Sir,
Re : Extension of time period up to 31st October 2009 for submission of comments on the Direct Tax Code
We would like to congratulate you on presenting the Direct Tax Code, well within the 45-day period that the UPA Government had promised.
We appreciate the efforts of all contributors in the preparation and presentation of the same and also appreciate the Government’s decision for inviting suggestions from the public.
The Direct Tax Code is of great interest not only to tax professionals and accountants, but also to a common man and we request that the time period for submission of comments be extended up to 31st October 2009 so as to give appropriate time to all to give their best input.
The months of August and September being extremely busy for tax professionals and corporates, in view of the finalising of accounts and filing of tax audits and returns, the above request of extension is being made for.
Thanking you,
Sincerely yours,
Ameet Patel, Kishor Karia Rajesh Shah
President, Chairman, Co-chairman,
Taxation Committee Taxation Committee
CC :
(1) Shri S. S. Palanimanickan, Hon’ble Union Minister of State for Finance.
(2) Shri S. S. N. Moorthy, Chairman, CBDT.
(3) Shri Rahul Gandhi, Gen. Secretary, Indian National Congress.
August 3, 2009
To,
The Chairman
Central Board of Direct Taxes,
North Block, New Delhi
Respected Sir,
Subject : Representation on the procedure followed in disposal of applications u/s.197 of the Income-tax Act, 1961
S. 197 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) deals with applications for deduction of tax deducted at source (TDS) at a lower rate. Recently, while obtaining such certificates, a large number of assessees have faced certain difficulty on account of a different interpretation by the Assessing Officers (AOs) and thereby denying the issuance of such certificates even if the assessee is otherwise rightfully eligible to get the same. S. 197 is meant for avoiding hardship to the assessee in cases where he has no tax liability or his tax liability is much less.
We narrate the facts hereunder :
Issue :
S. 197 of the Act provides for grant of certificate for lower rate or nil rate of TDS. Upon an application being made, the AO is empowered to issue a certificate of lower rate or nil rate in the manner provided in Rule 28AA of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 (the Rules).
Normally, the AOs work out lower rate or nil rate, as the case may be, prescribed under Rule 28AA(1) of the Rules, which inter alia pitches the word ‘average rate of tax’.
Till recently, the AOs used to work out the average rate of tax on the gross amount received by the applicant as it is this amount on which tax is deducted. To explain with a simple illustration :
• Amount received towards rent say Rs.100
• TDS rate applicable 22.66%
• Deduction for interest paid say Rs.20
• The approximate tax liability would work out as under :
Accordingly, on the gross receipt, the rate would work out to 16.995%.
It was usual practice to grant certificate u/s.197 of the Act at such rate as ultimately that represents the actual liability for tax cf the applicant.
Recently, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (the CBDT) has issued a clarification’, upon the same being sought by the Chief Commissioner of Income Tax, Chandigarh, regarding interpretation of the term ‘average rate of tax’ paid by the assessee in the last three years as mentioned in sub-clause (ii) of Rule 28AA of the Rules.
The CBDT viewed that the ‘average rate of tax’ should be considered as explicitly defined in S. 2(10) of the Act to mean the rate arrived at by dividing the amount of income-tax calculated on the total income, by such income. As no other interpretation of the term ‘average rate of tax’ is possible, the CBDT directed that the ‘average rate of tax’ should be taken with regard to total income rather than gross receipts disclosed by the assessee in the earlier years.
In the above illustration, the income works out to Rs.50 and the tax works out to 16.995. Applying the said clarification, the average rate of tax works out as under:
Background :
The relevant S. 197 of the Act is reproduced hereunder, for the sake of brevity:
“………
197. (1) Subject to rules made under sub-section (2A), where, in the case of any income of any person or sum payable to any person, income-tax is required to be deducted at the time of credit or, as the case may be, at the time of payment at the rates in force under the provisions of Sections 192, 193, 194, 194A, 194C, 194D, 194G, 194H, 194-1, 194J, 194K, 194LA and 195, the Assessing Officer is satisfied that the total income of the recipient justifies the deduction of income-tax at any lower rates or no deduction of income-tax as the case may be, the Assessing Officer shall, on an application made by the assessee in this behalf, give to him such certificate as may be appropriate.
2) Where any such certificate is given, the person responsible for paying the income shall, until such certificate is cancelled by the Assessing Officer, deduct income-tax at the rates specified in such certificate or deduct no tax, as the case may be.
(2A) The Board may, having regard to the convenience of assessees and the interests of revenue, by Notification in the Official Gazette, make rules specifying the cases in which, and the circumstances under which, an application may be made for the grant of a certificate u/ss.(l) and’the conditions subject to which such certificate may be granted and providing for all other matters connected therewith.
3) [***]
………….”
S. 197 of the Act provides for the power to the AO to give a certificate of nil deduction or deduction at a lower rate, so as to avoid excessive deduction of tax at source.
In other words, S. 197 of the Act empowers AOs to grant certificate to the persons in receipt of income on which tax is required to be deducted at source; provided that the estimated total income justifies the lower rate or nil rate of tax. Presently, such certificate can be sought on incomes derived by way of salaries, interest on securities, other interest, payment to contractors or sub-contractors, commission or brokerages, rent, fees for professional or technical services, income in respect of certain units, and compensation on acquisition of certain immoveable property.
The lower rate or nil rate, if it is to be applied, shall be in respect of the aforesaid income only. This fact is evident from the terminology of section which covers income in respect of which tax is required to be deducted at source.
The mechanism for giving effect to the power granted to AOs u/s.197 of the Act is specified in Rule 28AA of the Rules, which reads as under:
“…………..
Certificate of no deduction of tax or deduction at lower rates from income other than dividends:
28AA. (1) The Assessing Officer, on an application made by a person under sub-rule (1) of Rule 28, may issue a certificate in accordance with the provisions of Ss.(l) of S. 197 for deduction of tax at source at the rate or rates calculated in the manner specified below:
i) at such average rate of tax as determined by the total tax payable on estimated income, as reduced by the sum of advance tax already paid and tax already deducted at source, as a percentage of the payment referred to in S. 197 for which the application under sub-rule (1) of Rule 28 has been made; or
ii) at the average of the average rates of tax paid by the assessee in the last three years, whichever is higher.
2) The certificate shall be valid for the assessment year to be specified in the certificate, unless it is cancelled by him at any time before the expiry of the specified period. An application for a fresh certificate may be made, if required, after the expiry of the period of validity of the earlier certificate.
(3) The certificate shall be valid only for the person named therein.
(4) The certificate shall be issued direct to the person responsible for paying the income under advice to the applicant.
(5) [* * *].
……..”
This rule inter alia specifies the manner of calculating and arriving at nil rate or lower rate. It specifies that this rate should be higher of:
- average rate of tax arrived by the net total tax payable (after considering advance tax already paid and tax already deducted at source) on estimated income as a percentage of payments referred to in S. 197; or
- last 3 years’ average of average rate of tax.
The aforesaid CBDT’s letter has interpreted the average of average rate of tax of last 3 years.
Impact :
If one is to give effect to the aforesaid clarification, it may give rise to some anomalies and/ or predicaments, as explained hereunder, with the result that the assessees will be saddled in the administrative turmoil.
The maximum rate of income-tax would be 30%, in any case.
If one were to apply for lower rate or nil rate for particular income, then applying the definition of average rate of tax, as clarified, under Rule 28AA(1), the resultant rate of tax, for specified income on which lower TDS is applied, would always be at 30%, in case of corporate asses sees which is higher than the rate at which TDS on different income is to be effected.
This figure is the effect of being the higher of resultant rate arrived under sub-clause (i) or sub-clause (ii) to Rule 28AA(1). The reason being that
- Under sub-clause (i), the. rate can be applied within the range from 0% up to 20% (being maximum rate prescribed for the income on which tax is required to be deducted at source);
- Under sub-clause (ii), the average of average rate of tax for last 3 years would work out to 30%, in case of corporate assessees, even if there is a small portion of income
The rate derived under sub-clause (ii) would always be higher than the rate derived under sub-clause (i) and hence the whole process of seeking lower rate uls.197 becomes redundant. Effectively, all Companies/Firms etc., where income is taxable at flat rate will, in most cases, never be eligible for issue of such certificate even though undisputedly their tax liability is much lower or Nil.
Only covers assessees incurring or having loss:
The Rule 28AA gives desired results to loss-making companies, as the tax payable in such case would be zero. However, this rule becomes redundant for assessees having higher turnover but lower profits as aforesaid. Therefore, in all such cases, funds of the asses sees will get unjustifiably blocked and they will have to claim re-funds.
This will also hinder assessees working on smaller margins, which will shrink their working capital due to unintended blockage of funds into Government treasury. With the present situation of slow down in the economy, this has become added problem for the business community. We believe that this can never be the intention of the CBDT.
Undue interest burden on the Government
As the assessees would claim refund of the excess TDS as aforesaid, such refunds would also result into interest entitlement which will be an unnecessary burden on the Government treasury.
Further, S. 197(2A) speaks about ‘convenience of assessees’ and ‘interests of the revenue’. Interests of the Revenue cannot be harmed since the AO is expected to take into account the estimated income-tax and the advance tax/TDS already paid. However, the assessees will surely be inconvenienced if the interpretation of the CBDT is allowed to be carried through.
Corrective measure:
As a corrective measure, it is suggested that the average rate of tax may be calculated taking into consideration the total gross receipts/turnover (that is liable for TDS) to the tax payable instead of total income. This mechanism will ensure that the legislative intent will be given effect and with the issuance of requisite certificate on that basis, undue hardship of the assessees will be removed. Moreover, in any case, as higher of sub-clause (i) or subclause (ii) is to be taken the lower rate of TDS that may be granted will never be less than the tax payable by the assessee (after considering advance tax and TDS already deducted). Since there is no loss to the revenue, a harmonious and mearingful interpretation is required to be given to the provisions.
The above view is also endorsed by the Chief Commissioner of Income-tax, Chandigarh through his request letter? for interpretation of Rule 28AA of the Rules.
In view of the above, there is urgent need to issue clarification on above basis and we have to request your Honour to kindly take necessary steps for the issue of much needed clarification.
Since large number of genuine assessees has been affected and the TDS is deducted on an ongoing basis, an early resolution of the matter would help to solve the genuine problem faced by them.
Thanking you,
Sincerely yours,
Ameet Patel, Kishor Karia Rajesh Shah
President, Chairman, Co-chairman,
Taxation Committee Taxation Committee
Representation on Compounding Amounts
|
|
Bombay Chartered |
The Chamber of Tax |
Honourable |
Date : 5th October, 2009 |
Respected Sir,
Representation on Compounding Amounts
We, the above mentioned professional Institutions submit following joint representation for your kind consideration and necessary action. Kindly grant an interview where we can have a dialogue to understand and explain the views of both sides.
Let us submit in the beginning that we have the highest regards for RBI as one of the finest institutions in India, an institution which has saved Indian economy from the Asian & the Global crises in 1997 & 2008-09; and granted a stability to Indian economy. Rest of the world is still craving for stability.
Present grievance is about Compounding Process which we believe, is an aberration and something that can be sorted out by mutual discussions.
Executive summary
Grievance :
Compounding Authority of RBI is charging high amounts — millions of rupees as ‘Compounding Sum’ for procedural & technical violations of FEMA (Paragraph 4 on pages 4 & 5). Focus of our present representation is on high amounts charged for compounding. Everything else is in support of this one submission.
In this representation we are focusing on innocent procedural mistakes on the part of investors etc. We are not representing people who violate the law deliberately for financial gains.
We have submitted 1 to 10 issues (ten paragraphs) and given (a) to (d) — four illustrations in the detailed submissions.
Reliefs requested :
We make humble requests for the removal of anomalies in the Compounding Process. Reliefs are explained in details in the relevant paragraphs after explaining the grievance. The same are stated below in brief.
Transitional reliefs :
1. Please give an amnesty for all procedural and ignorant violations of FEMA occurred so far (till the date of RBI announcement) provided the concerned people file necessary forms by 31st March, 2010.
2. Please give wide publicity to the provisions of FEMA and the need for compliance. Bank officers and professionals also need to understand the provisions in the same manner as RBI requires. We are prepared to hold joint conferences in different parts of India; write articles in our journals and inform profession as well as the investors. Even Indian embassies abroad can be intimated about procedures for NRI and Foreign investments.
Long term requests :
3. Compounding process is a process of mercy where the applicant comes to RBI with folded hands and confesses his mistakes. This may be treated on compassionate grounds rather than in a strict legal manner as in the case of penalties. The applicants may be given an opportunity to rectify their mistakes. (Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 on pages 4 to 6)
For procedural violations, Compounding Sum may not be more than Rs.2,00,000.
4. Procedure for Post Facto Approvals and Condonation without penalties may be reintroduced in appropriate cases. (Paragraph 3 on page 3.)
5. Compounding sums may please be levied commensurate to the gravity of the offence and not to the amount of investment. (Paragraph 4 on pages 4 and 5.)
6. Please provide relief by removing anomalies in the Compounding Procedures. (Paragraphs 5 to 8, pages 5 to 7.)
7. No action may please be taken by RBI, five years after a procedural violation occurred. Reasonable time limit should be provided for penal action. (Paragraph 9 on page 7.)
8. We humbly submit that proper Appellate and Review/Rectification Process should be provided for Compounding matters. Until an Appellate/review procedure is provided, Compounding Amounts should be restrained. (Paragraph 10 on page 7.)
Summary completed
Representation in details
1. Compounding amounts :
Compounding process was introduced to provide
people a chance to regularise their FEMA violations by payment of token penalty. In the beginning, the process was found to be satisfactorily working. However for the past two years, the Compounding Authority under Foreign Exchange Department has been imposing very high ‘Compounding Sums’ even in cases of procedural violations which cannot be called ‘wilful, malafide or fraudulent’.
2. Penalty when justified :
If a law exists on the statute books, primarily it has to be complied with. Hence, we do acknowledge that penalty and deterrent action are necessary where non-compliance with law can have serious consequences. However, some part of the law is procedural. In such cases, stiff penalties for procedural lapses may be out of place.
3. Purpose of compounding:
Harsh penalties are meant only when the person continues offences after being put on notice. At RBI, a business transaction is considered as a series of transactions. Hence RBI can say that first two steps in the series are ignored and for the third onwards, Compounding Sum is charged.
For illustration, an NRI has given a rupee loan to his resident brother in India. The loan is for five years. This is a violation of FEMA provisions. Both the brothers are ignorant of FEMA provisions. Loan amounts are given as and when funds are required and repaid as and when funds are not required. RBI considers this as several offences. However, for the parties concerned, this is only one violation of one brother giving a loan to another brother. This may be treated as one violation and compounding process may be taken up accordingly. Ideally, such transactions should not be punished. Mere warning to avoid repetition in future would be adequate.
For the past several decades, and even under the strict FERA, RBI has, in appropriate cases, granted Post Facto Approvals and Condonations. Now, under FEMA, it seems, RBI has taken a view that it cannot condone any violation and it cannot give any post facto approval. This is directly contrary to the trend of liberalisation so strongly followed by RBI and Finance Ministry.
We submit that this position may be reviewed. this penalty to recover ‘unjust profits’ that the in-Let RBI lay down the policy. Wherever RBI considers it appropriate, the condonation and post facto approval policy should be reintroduced.
4. Amount of penalty and investment:
A penalty has to be primarily commensurate with the type and intensity of the offence concerned; not with the amount involved. In the case of Compounding, this principle is even more relevant. Compounding Authority’s linking of Compounding Amounts with investment amounts is unjustified. Further, the Authority presumes likely profits earned by violation, ignores the fact that no profits have been earned; and then imposes high Compounding Amounts.
Illustration of one Compounding Order: In one case, an OCB invested in India rupees 8.5 crores (approximately) with the prior approval of FIPB. The aCB wanted to set up a power plant in Chhatisgarh. There was a condition of local participation up to 40%. For four years they ran from pillar to post for several Government permissions. Neither they got Government permission nor could they find a local investor. Ultimately, they were frustrated and gave up the project. Hence they transferred the funds to a sister company where the aCB already had some investments. The Company delayed in filing intimation. The Company could not allot shares to aCB as it could not locate a local investor which was a pre-condition of FIPB approval. In the meanwhile, RBI issued Circular No. 20 dated 14-12-2007 prohibiting allotment of shares beyond 180 days of receipt of funds.
For these offences, RBI imposed a Compounding sum of more than Rs.3 crores ! Company admits the violations of non-intimation, non-filing of forms; and step down investment. Still, such a stiff penalty for all procedural violations where there is no foreign exchange loss and nothing illegal or immoral! ! !
Although Indian Investing Company earns a meager sum of Rs. Five lakhs at the time of liquidation of downstream investments, RBI presumed ‘opportunity cost of funding’ that it ‘saved’ by violation of the law and imposed this penalty to recover ‘unjust profits’ that the investor had made! ! !
The applicant believed that if he did not pay up the Compounding Amount, the file would go to Enforcement Directorate. Purely out of fear, the Indian Company paid up full amount.
This is a serious case of injustice. (i) For such technical violations, imposing a penalty of Rs.3 crores is injustice. (ii) When a party voluntarily submits full information and confesses his mistakes; this confession cannot be given to En-forcement Directorate. If RBI considers appropriate, it can always intimate ED that the person has not filed FC – GPR form and made a step down investment without permission (or whatever may be the violation). Then leave it to ED to take its own course. (c) Another illustration: An NRI has invested funds in India. He divides the investment into equity and non-convertible debentures. Party is unaware that in India, under FEMA, non-convertible debentures are not permitted.
Applicant has admitted that there is an unintended violation of FEMA provisions. RBI calculates some gains made by the Company and charges a Compounding Sum in millions of rupees based on the imagined gains. Our submission is, it is the investor’s own funds and own company. Where is the question of his making any gains from himself! Such calculations are contrary to natural justice. Ideally, RBI should give an opportunity to the Indian Company and the investor to change the debentures into compulsorily convertible debentures. If the parties comply with the law, serve a notice and leave them; or levy a token penalty.
5. Purpose of the Forms-important statistics:
Many cases where Compounding Amounts have . been charged pertain to non-filing of form FC – GPR by the investors. We understand that these forms give investment data based on which RBI formulates its policies. If the forms are not filed in time, the policy decisions are affected.
We agree with the importance of filing of all necessary forms. However, under the current circumstances, (with our Foreign exchange reserves being more than $ 280 billions) RBI may decide an amount which really does not matter. For example, an investment of $ 1,00,000 by an NRI under automatic route. Does it really affect RBI policy matters! If not; a violation of this kind may either be pardoned totally or the Compounding Amount may be restricted to an upper limit of Rs.2,00,000 (or such other limit as may be considered appropriate by RBI).
These are illustrations. We submit that in all cases of inconsequential procedural violations or apparent ignorance of law that do not affect the flow or intended direction of foreign exchange, the parties should be given an opportunity to rectify their mistakes. Compounding process is primarily to set the matter right; to deter future violations and not to punish the investors.
6. International ways of investment:
When an authority assumes power to impose penalties, it may be aware of the manner of international investments. Following summary of an order by Compounding Authority shows that the authority ignored the manner of international investment activity. Order dated 6th January, 2009.
d) Summary of illustration: “An NRI couple husband and wife promoted a company in India and personally became the shareholders. They also floated a wholly owned company in Mauritius. The Indian company decided to take an ECB. It is permitted on ‘automatic basis’ from the shareholder. However, instead of taking loan from the individual shareholders, the Indian company took the ECB of USD 2.3 millions from the Mauritian company which was owned by the same individuals.”
“This is a perfectly normal behaviour in the international investment market. For the NRIs, investment in personal name or through their own offshore company is the same. Still, RBI objected to it on technical ground that the Mauritius Company is not the shareholder/ collaborator. Parties concerned apologised and assigned the ECB from Mauritian company to the shareholders. (Facts are summarised here. Full details can be given if required.) Compounding Authority did not accept the apology, ignored the substance of the investment and imposed a Compounding Sum of Rs.45 lakhs.”
This amounts to ignoring the substance of the matter and imposing punishment on technical grounds for an offence which does no harm to anyone. It is RBI’s prerogative to insist that the shareholder should be exactly the same and not substantially the same. However, if a legitimate party is prepared to amend the situation, what purpose is served by imposing high Compounding Sums and refusing the party any amendments ! We repeat our submission that the investors should be given opportunity to rectify their procedural mistakes.
7. Compounding Orders should close the issue:
At present, when a compounding order is passed, the matter is not automatically resolved. For example, a Company had not filed FC-GPR form in time. For the compounding application, the Company would have submitted all the details. Assume that RBI compounds the offence for a sum and the party pays the sum. Does it mean that the investment is taken on record and the Company does not have to file any further form! The party still has to go to the relevant office of RBI and seek permission.
We humbly request that the Compounding order itself should further state that the forms are taken on record and the concerned party can continue its business normally; or as directed by RBI in its order. Let there be one complete order instead of making the party go from one office to another and waiting for final clearances.
8. Time limit for payment:
When a Compounding Sum of Rs.3 crores is charged and the party is expected to pay the same in 15 days, it is harsh. Probably, the law provided for 15 days time considering that the Compounding Sum will be token amounts.
We submit that where a Compounding sum of more than Rs.2,00, 000 is charged, reasonable time should be allowed to the party. Necessary amendments in rules and law may be moved.
9. Time limit for commencing penal procedure:
Almost all regulatory laws provide for a time limit beyond which, penal procedures cannot be commenced. Once the limit is crossed, past violations cannot be called up for scrutiny and cannot be penalised. No time limit was provided under FERA. However, under FEMA, under the current circumstances, it would be fair to provide definite time limit. Beyond the time limit, a person who has committed FEMA violations may not be called up for explanations.
We submit that a time limit of five years should be provided for procedural violations under FEMA. RBI may please consider an appropriate time limit and announce the same.
10. Rectification and appellate procedures:
Compounding Authority is a semi-judicial authority. It may function according to the principles of natural justice. It is an accepted judicial principle that – ‘anyone can make errors’. If a Compounding order is erroneous, it needs revision or rectification. No such procedure is provided so far.
It is probable that while one authority may take one view, another authority may have another view. For penal decisions, appellate procedures are a necessity of democratic justice. Internal review of RBI actions without an opportunity for hearing to the aggrieved party is not a transparent process of justice.
With the best of our efforts, so far, we have not been able to convince the Compounding Authority that (i) charging millions; and (ii) linking penalty with the amount of investment under Compounding Procedures – is injustice. Probably, only an Appellate Authority can provide justice.
We humbly submit that proper appellate as well as rectification procedures should be provided. However, if it is decided that the Compounding Amounts may be less than Rs.2,00,000 for all procedural and ignorant violations; then no appellate procedures are necessary. Though, even then, rectification opportunities may be provided for.
In conclusion we very humbly submit that Compounding Process may be more just and fair; less harsh on innocent violations. Appellate and Rectification procedures may please be provided.
For the past violations of procedural nature, an Amnesty may be granted if the concerned persons file necessary forms within the prescribed time.
We understand that some liberalisations may not be within the jurisdiction of RBI to make. Whatever can be done and is acceptable to RBI may be liberalised at an early date. For the rest, procedures may be started to request appropriate authorities to amend the law.
We humbly reuest you to kidly grant us an appointment for discussion.
Wit best regards,
For Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society
Mr. Ameet Patel | President
For The Chamber of Tax Consultants
Mr. K. Gopal | President
Delay in granting refund for the Asst. Year 2007-08
11th December 2008
Hon. Shri Hardayal Singh
Ombudsman
Mumbai
Dear Sir,
Subject : Delay in granting refund for the Asst. Year
2007-08
The Returns of Income for the above Assessment Year have been
furnished by the assessees by 31-7-2007 and 31-10-2007 as per the applicable due
dates of furnishing Returns of Income under S. 139(1) in their cases. As per the
Government policy, such Returns of Income should be processed u/s.143(1) and the
refund, if any, due to the assessees should be granted within a period of four
to six months.
We understand that the task of processing such returns and
granting refund for the above Assessment Year has got delayed for one reason or
the other. In fact, this factual position is borne out in Instruction No. 12 of
2008, dated 5-9-2008. We understand from our members that even till date large
number of cases involving refunds have remained pending for processing, with the
result that the assessees have still not received their refunds for the
Assessment Year 2007-08.
In the present circumstances of global economic slowdown and
liquidity crisis, the assessees would have expected at least to receive their
refunds, so that their hardships in the business get mitigated to that extent.
Therefore, it is utmost necessary that such refunds should be cleared at the
earliest, which will also provide some liquidity to the assessees in these days
of crisis.
In view of the above, we have to request your honour to
kindly use your good offices and take-up the matter with the CBDT for resolving
the issue of granting refunds, so that there is no further delay in receipt of
such refunds.
Thanking you,
Yours faithfully
Anil Sathe |
Kishor Karia |
Mahendra Sanghvi |
Pradip Shah |
President |
Chairman, |
President |
Chairman, |
(BCAS) |
Taxation Committee (BCAS) |
(CTC) |
Law & Representation Committee (CTC) |
Representation on Compounding Procedures and Sums
Representation
|
|
Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society |
The Chamber of Tax Consultants |
Honourable Governor,
|
Date |
Respected Sir,
Re : Our Meeting on 21st October 2009 with CGM.Compounding
Procedures and Sums.
This is to sincerely thank you for the patient hearing granted
by Shri Salim Gangadharan, Chief General Manager on 21st October 2009. We had
a free and frank exchange of views.
We appreciate the opportunity granted to us to suggest and
submit proposal to alleviate hardships and at the same time achieve RBI’s
objectives.We will prepare a proposal for compounding policies and
procedures including amnesty proposal. Two cases of injustice to the
applicants have been discussed. More than the events, the policy approaches
which have caused injustice need to be identified and reviewed.We will also submit our proposals on some of the Master
Circulars, cases of difference between Government view and RBI view; and
related matters.With warm regards,
Yours sincerely,
For Bombay Chartered
Accountants’ Society
Mr. Ameet Patel
President
For The Chamber of Tax Consultants
Mr. K. Gopal
President
Copies with compliments to :
Deputy Governor, Chief General Manager, and Chief General Manager MRO.
CIC raps govt. on Himachal CJ posting ‘Why was he promoted despite then prez Kalam’s objection’
46 CIC raps govt. on Himachal CJ posting
‘Why was he promoted despite then prez Kalam’s objection’
In a further setback to the judicial secrecy, The Central
Information Commission has ordered the Centre to disclose how Jagdish Bhalla
could become Chief Justice of Himachal Pradesh even after he had been found
unfit to head another High Court by the then President, A. P. J. Abdul Kalam.
The order directing disclosure of documents related to
Justice Bhalla’s promotion came on an appeal filed by RTI activist Subhash
Chandra Agrawal, the very same activist at whose instance the CIC had already
told the SC to give out information related to declaration of assets by judges.
CIC member A. N. Tiwari asked the Justice Department to
disclose within four weeks ‘the file, records or documents germane’ to Bhalla’s
appointment as Chief Justice of the Himachal Pradesh HC in February 2008.
His promotion was unusual as just a year before, President
Kalam had returned the proposal to appoint Bhalla, as Chief Justice of the
Kerala HC. Justice Bhalla was then in the Allahabad HC and Kalam’s reservations
were on account of the Uttar Pradesh Revenue Department’s report that a land
mafia embroiled in litigation had sold the Judge’s wife a 7,200 sq.metre plot in
Noida for no more than Rs.5 lakh (as against the then prevailing market value of
Rs.7 crore.)
Justice Bhalla could still make it to the top judicial job in
Shimla because after Kalam’s retirement, the SC collegium (committee of senior
Judges) made a fresh recommendation for his promotion. At the time of his
promotion, Bhalla happened to be serving as Acting Chief Justice of the
Chattisgarh HC on account of a discretionary power exercised by Law Minister H.
R. Bhardwaj. The order of the CIC requires the Justice Department to disclose
the correspondence between the Law Minister and the CJI along with the file —
notings made by various authorities, including Kalam’s observations. If this
order is implemented, it could lay bare for the first time the manner in which
Judges appoint themselves under the existing system in which the judiciary
wrested primacy from the executive in the
name of protecting the independence of the judiciary.
(Source : The Times of India, 24-1-2009)
How many bad eggs ?
45 How many bad eggs ?
The terrorist attacks on Mumbai in November and in past years
have showed up the weaknesses of India’s internal security system, but also laid
bare the fact that security failures are linked inextricably to broader issues
of governance and corruption (policemen who allow smuggling of commercial
contraband also allow RDX to come in). In the same way, the Satyam scandal
points to the dirty underbelly of India’s corporate world, and of its regulatory
and legal framework. The fact is that Satyam would not have happened without the
failure of the company’s independent directors, auditors and bankers, not to
mention senior executives not linked to the guilty promoters. Such broad-based
failures do not come together by accident; they have to be pointers to broader,
systemic failures.
In the Satyam case itself, the valuation of one of the Maytas
firms for purposes of the aborted merger was done by a leading accounting firm
on the promise of secrecy — an unheard of procedure that the independent
directors accepted without demur. Evidence of broader systemic problems has also
surfaced, with news reports pointing to the pathetic record so far of the
Serious Fraud Investigation Office (virtually no convictions till date) and of
the Institute of Chartered Accounts of India (which has a poor record of
penalising guilty accountants, and has not yet taken action in the auditing case
involving Global Trust Bank, despite the lapse of four years).
Everyone knows that business is not a morality play. There
are always good and bad eggs. The question is, what is the mixture, and is it
palatable ? When the World Bank is pointing fingers at even marquee corporate
names, does anyone recall that Transparency International polled international
businessmen to come up with the finding that Indian businessmen are the No. 1
bribe-payers abroad ?
We can respond to a scandal by brushing uncomfortable
questions under the carpet, and hope that business can go on as usual. But that
would be the worst possible way to deal with the problem. If we want to clean up
rather than simply wait for the next scandal to erupt, we had better start
looking for systemic correctives.
(Source : Business Standard, 17-1-2009)
Is education taxed as commercial training or coaching service ? – A judicial analysis.
1. ‘Commercial training or coaching’ has been subjected to
the levy of service tax for the past six years viz. from July 1, 2003.
Despite the short span, interestingly, the subject matter has been judicially
tested in many recent cases of educational training institutions wherein
Tribunals have made in-depth analysis and examination of the levy for the said
taxing entry. An attempt is made here to bring together this analysis in a
nutshell for readers. In most of these cases, the issue revolved around, whether
training or coaching or the centre imparting training or coaching is commercial
or charitable or vocational etc. or otherwise.
2. Section 65(26) of the Finance Act,1994 (The Act) has
defined ‘commercial training or coaching’ as ‘any training or coaching
provided by a commercial training or coaching centre’.
” ‘Commercial training or coaching centre’ means any institute or establishment providing commercial training or coaching for imparting skill or knowledge or lessons on any subject or field other than the sports, with or without issuance of a certificate and includes coaching or tutorial classes but does not include preschool coaching and training centre or any institute or establishment which issues any certificate or diploma or degree or any educational qualification recognised by law for the time being in force”.
3. It is obvious that the legislature has observed some
difference between the terms ‘training’ and ‘coaching’ and therefore both the
expressions are used in the definition. The two words are defined in many ways,
however, major differences can be summarised this way — Training in general is
imparted by the trainer to a large number of trainees for a shorter duration and
the flow of imparting skill or knowledge is usually in the direction of trainees
from the trainer through constant delivery of information whereas coaching is a
customised and ongoing process, often interactive and through which solution is
provided for specific needs and challenges. However, the term ‘education’ rests
much above the concept of training and coaching. Training is an activity whereby
the trainee exercises to achieve mastery and perfection. Education presupposes
growth or development of a person. Like being ‘educated’ is much more than being
‘literate’ in a specific field, ‘education’ per se is much beyond
training and coaching. Therefore, in the context of levy of service tax, it is
required to study and understand the scope of the statutory provisions of the
category of ‘commercial training or coaching service’. In the case of Malappuram
District Parallel College Association 2006-TIOL-35-HC-Kerala, the High Court
noted :
‘This malady has to be corrected only by levying income tax on the institutions and not by licensing the institutions to collect service tax from students. In fact section 10(22) of the Income Tax Act which granted blanket income tax exemption for educational institutions is now deleted and exemption is provided with moderation in section 10(23C) of the said Act. Of course, section 11 of the Income Tax Act which provides cover to large number of tax evaders under the guise of charity will continue to protect educational institutions as charity includes education also. If education is run on business lines, then solution is to amend section 11 and other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act withdrawing the exemptions to institutions and Government can simultaneously provide financial aid to beneficiaries which will put an end to misuse of Income Tax provisions”.
The court also observed, “Tax on education, particularly when the incidence of tax is passed on to the beneficiaries, that is, the students, is a regressive legislation and has to be condemned, more so, when large number of poor people seeks salvation through education and employment”.
4. In the background of the above thin yet fundamental
difference between education on one hand and coaching and training on the other,
examined below are observation of Tribunals in various cases :
4.2. In another case, viz. M/ s. Magnus Society vs. CCE-Hyderabad 2008- TIOL-1812-CESTAT-Bang. wherein the society registered under Chhattisgarh Societies Registration Act,1973, having an objective to provide instructions, teaching and training various career oriented programmes at bachelor, post-graduation and doctorate level provides education through centres across the country induding through distance learning courses. The Tribunal went into details of Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) entered into by the society with various UGC recognised universities and concluded that “so long as the instructions impart education, the same cannot be considered as ‘commercial training or coaching’; moreover, the appellants are registered under Societies Registration Act. The Income Tax Authorities have also issued certificates for exemption from Income Tax. All these prove that profit motive is not there in these institutions”. The Tribunal also stated that decision in the case of Great Lakes Institution-[GUM] (supra) squarely applied to this case. The Tribunal also observed, “education has a large scope. Education may include coaching or training and not vice-versa. Coaching or training is a very narrow activity imparting skill in a particular discipline. But education is a broader term which is a process of personality of body, mind and intellect … “. Education develops several skills whereas what is meant by commercial training or coaching, in the definition given by the Finance Act has a very narrow meaning and it is not broad enough to contain in its hold institutions imparting higher learning like MBA or Management in Computer Science or any other discipline. They would not be called as ‘commercial training or coaching centres’.
4.3 Interestingly in the case of Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad vs. CCE-Hyderabad-2008- TIOL-2007-CESTA T-Bang, wherein the institution, again a registered society, is engaged in providing an extension of practical training to those who already hold positions of responsibility and enable its members to share their own experience profitably with others having different but comparable experience. In this case notably, distinguishing commercial training and coaching from mere training or coaching, the Tribunal observed, in para 12 of the judgment as follows:
“We are not inclined to hold that the activities rendered by them would fall within the ambit of coaching or training. In our view, the fact that Income Tax Department has given them exemption is very very relevant. We do not agree with the department that the point is not at all relevant. In that case, legislature could have taxed all training and coaching. They need not have used the word ‘commercial’. The very fact the word commercial has been used indicates that the word ‘commercial’ qualifies the commercial coaching or training centre. It doesn’t qualify coaching or training. It qualifies the centre. As long as the institution is registered under the Societies Registration Act and also exempted from Income Tax, it cannot be considered as a commercial centre. Therefore, no service tax is leviable under the category of commercial coaching or training.”
4.4 Vocational Training:
Another Bench of the Bangalore Tribunal examined the case of an institute viz. M/ s. Pasha Educational Training Institute, Hyderabad 2009 TIOL 288 CESTAT-BANG engaged in providing training in various fields in the name of different institutes i.e. insurance agents sponsored by various insurance companies, health care institute providing training for nursing exam, institute of media studies providing training in TV and Journalism, institute for performing arts provides training in music through classes, etc. The institute indeed is a case of a registered Trust under section 12A of the Income Tax Act as charitable institution and also is recognised and licensed by IRDA under IRDA Act, 1999 to conduct classes for students who appear for IRDA examination. After making detailed examination of syllabus, etc. it ruled as follows:
“On going through the nature of training, it is clear that the said training can be considered as ‘Commercial Training or Coaching’ because the Institute imparts skill or knowledge on the subject of insurance. However, the second point to be noted is whether the said training can be considered as a vocational training. Vocational training means training that imparts skills to enable the trainee to seek employment or undertake self-employment directly after such training or coaching. This definition should not be interpreted in a very narrow sense as done by the Commissioner (Appeals). The argument of the Commissioner (Appeals) is that even after the training, the trainee should again write examination conducted by IRDA to qualify to work as Insurance Agent under the Insurance Act, 1938. We should not forget that the comprehensive training given by the appellant enables the trainees to appear for the examination conducted by IRDA. Moreover, the appellant institute is also recognised for imparting training by the IRDA. In these circumstances, we cannot say that the training imparted is not a vocational training.”
4.5 In another case the Institute of CFA, Hyderabad etc. vs. CCE-Hyderabad viz. 2008-TIOL-2036-CESTAT-Bangalore, the following aspects were discussed in great detail:
- Relevant provision of Universities Grants Commission Act.
- Difference between ‘education’and ,coaching and training’.
- Objectives of the institute as set out in its Memorandum of Association.
- Judgment of the Kerala High Court in the case of Malappuram District Parallel Colleges Association (supra), Pasha Educational Training Institute (supra) etc. & GUM’s case (supra)
- Board’s Circular No.59/08/2003 dated 20-06-2003, wherein scope of the taxing entry is provided.
- Substitution of the phrase ‘any person’ for the phrase ‘commercial concern’ in section 65 with effect from 01-05-2006and that such deletion was not made in the definition of commercial coaching and training or commercial training and coaching centre.
In addition to the above, a point was made out tha t even if the courses are not recognised by the law, still they qualify as education, even if non-formal in nature ..Merely due to lack of recognition, the process of education will not cease to be education and it will definitely not become commercial training or coaching and there could not be an absurd conclusion that all schools in the country which do not confer degree or diploma certificate recognised by law are commercial training or coaching centre and subject to service tax. The fact of imparting education and recognition by various bodies should clearly be visible in order to get out of the purview of the definition of commercial training or coaching centre was the summary of observations. Further, the term ‘commercial’ was considered significant in interpreting the provision of law.
4.6 Another important case uiz, Ahmedabad Management Association (AMA) vs. CST- Ahmedabad-2009- TIOL-214-CESTAT-Ahm, which followed the decisions of GUM (supra) ICFAI (supra) also took the view that since the profit earned by the association cannot be distributed among the members and in case of dissolution any surplus would have to be given away to another society or charitable trust engaged in similar activities, the AMA was held as not a commercial concern. Further, while analysing the training programmes conducted by them, it was observed that they did not lead to conferring any degree. In this background, the decision of GUM (supra) and ICFAI (supra) were gone into detail and conclusion was reached that programmes conducted by AMA were in the nature of providing continuing education to candidates participating in the programme and/ or creating an awareness of the latest developments etc. but not to prepare the candidates for a particular job or for a particular examination. The Tribunal observed that training programmes conducted by AMA could not be called commercial training or coaching for the following reasons:
(i) AMA is not a commercial concern,
(ii) The purpose of the training is not commercial,
(iii) The objective of the AMA in conducting the programme is not commercial and whatever extra income is earned, it is ploughed back into the association and is used for public purpose,
(iv) The programmes conducted by the AMA can be considered as continuing education programmes and not as commercial training or coaching,
(v) No specific skills which prepare candidates for a particular job or an examination are imparted,
(vi) The diploma programmes/courses conducted by AMA amount to education or continuing education and no commercial training or coaching.
5. To summa rise, the crux of various pronouncements discussed above is that if the objective of an educational institution in entirety is education and the institution itself does not carry out the said educational activity solely with profit motive, even if the activity results in surplus which is deployed for the activity of education, the activity of education would not be interpreted as commercial training or coaching. Significance of the term ‘commercial’ has been recognised in all the above decisions. Although the status of an institution as charitable body under the Income Tax Act, or the registration under the Societies Registration Act or holding registration as section 25 company, etc. may not by itself directly determine the taxability under the service tax law, they certainly have pursuasive value to help determine non-taxability under the said category of service.
Is it fair that the Charity Commissioner’s office does not have a practice of updating the trusts’ records ?
1. Introduction :
Various types of organisations are regulated by various
authorities established under the respective legislations. Each regulator’s
office has its own style of functioning. Trusts are governed basically under
two legislations — Indian Trusts Act, 1882 and Bombay Public Trusts Act, 1950
(BPT Act). The regulatory authority is the Charity Commissioner. So also, the
Registrar under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 is the same authority,
viz. Charity Commissioner. In Maharashtra, every society under the
Societies Registration Act is also required to get itself registered as a
trust. This write-up proposes to bring out a peculiar system in the Charity
Commissioner’s (CC) office which causes enormous hardship to the honest social
organisations.
2. The ‘unfair’ practice :
Readers are aware that in respect of other organisations
like companies, partnership firms, etc. the changes in the names, addresses,
etc. of directors, partners as the case may be, are intimated to the ROC/ROF
and in due course of time, the changes get updated in the records of those
regulators. In the CC’s office, even if you submit the changes, etc. in the
particulars of trustees; or any other information about the trust — such as
addresses, alterations in rules and regulations; there is no system or
practice of updating the records. At the same time, when there are occasions
where you need a specific permission from the CC’s office — e.g.,
alienation of immovable property; borrowings, etc. you are required to first
ensure that your record in their office is updated. Thus, if there is a change
in the trustees or managing committee and the changes are duly intimated to
the CC’s office; and if the new trustees approach the CC’s office, they are
not entertained at all, on the ground that their names do not appear in CC’s
records. There were instances where the trusts had to do the exercise for 10
to 35 years ! That is the reason why such permissions may take an inordinately
long time — may be even a couple of years ! It is indeed a herculean task,
often very difficult if not impossible !
3. Reasons :
The probable reasons for such a situation may be numerous :
3.1 Innumerable trusts : Although the formation
process is a little cumbersome and time consuming, the cost of formation is
very meagre. Many people are overenthusiastic in forming such trusts with high
dreams. The initial corpus may be even less than a thousand rupees. Hence,
there is a mushrooming growth. The CC’s office does not have adequate
infrastructure and manpower.3.2 No filing fee : The intimations to the offices
of ROC & ROF are accompanied by a filing fee. Thus, the administrative cost of
updating the records is largely taken care of. In the CC’s office there is a
yearly contribution payable by every trust — at 2% of its receipts. It is a
separate issue as to how the enormous amount collected so far by the CC’s
office is utilised. The accumulation may be in the vicinity of a few hundred
crores of rupees.3.3 No incentive to staff : Most of the persons
dealing with the CC’s office on behalf of the trusts are supposed to be
‘social workers’. Many of them may not have resources and willingness to spend
on paperwork, etc. The staff may not have motivation to render service.
4. Some thoughts :
4.1 A few of the states have taken a practical and sensible
decision not to regulate the charities at all. I am told, the Karnataka State
does not have any legislation parallel to our BPT Act.4.2 Since the year 2000, all companies were required to
have a minimum paid-up capital — i.e., Rs. one lakh for private limited
and Rs. five lakhs for public limited companies. A similar requirement may be
brought in respect of the basic corpus.4.3 A small filing fee may be introduced for registering
all the changes.4.4 Weeding out process may be carried out on a mass scale.
The trusts who have not sent any communication to the CC’s office for past,
say, 10 years, may be de-registered.4.5 There are many trusts which were registered 30 to 40
years ago and have been defunct for 10 to 15 years. The trustees may be
planning to revive the activities. The present system is a serious deterrent
for the well-intentioned trustees. An amnesty scheme may be introduced and
only the present position may be taken on record by prescribing some
procedures — like affidavits, indemnity bonds, etc.
Delisting of Shares — The newly notified regulations
1) SEBI has, on 10.6.2009, notified new Regulations
relating to delisting of equity shares of listed companies. Essentially, they
provide for a detailed procedure for delisting and certain safeguards for public
shareholders. The new Regulations replace the earlier SEBI Guidelines of 2003.
2) The Regulations provide for different ways in which
delisting can take place. The most common one would be where it is voluntary and
initiated by the company and the promoters. Then there is a fast track but,
again, voluntary, delisting of defined ‘small’ companies. Under certain
circumstances, there can also be compulsory delisting. Finally, there are
residuary cases such as of BIFR companies, companies in winding up, etc.
3) Delisting means removal of listing of equity shares from
recognised stock exchanges. Thus, shareholders do not have any more a ready
market for their shares. Almost all shareholders — at least all the public
shareholders — buy shares on the assurance that there is continued listing.
Indeed, at the time of a public issue, the law requires that if listing does not
take place soon thereafter, the monies raised have to be refunded.
4) Listing provides significant advantages. There is a ready
market for the shares and this itself adds to the intrinsic value of a share.
Ready market provided by listing results in a better price since there are more
persons competing to buy the shares. Such wide and ready market also adds
further value to the shares on account of sheer liquidity whereby share-holders
can get virtually instant cash by selling their shares.
5) Listing is obviously advantageous to the company too as
funds can be raised easily and at a relatively lesser cost. However, the flip-
side is that there can be considerable costs and inconvenience requiring
compliance with SEBI requirements and corporate governance regulations. Hence,
companies look at delisting as an option. There are also many other reasons for
the company to consider delisting.
6) Considering space constraints, we would consider here
mainly, and even that too briefly, the Regulations where Promoters initiate
delisting.
7) Under the new Regulations, the procedure for voluntary
delisting is even more complicated and costly than earlier. It can be summarised
as follows :
a) The first step is taking approval of the Board and then
of the shareholders. There are 3 special features to be noted for the
shareholder approval. Firstly, the approval is required through postal ballot,
thus ensuring wide participation of share-holders. Secondly, the approval
needs a special resolution. Thus, at least 75% of those who vote have to vote
in favour of delisting. Finally, of the votes cast by public shareholders, at
least 2/3rds have to vote in favour. This is a new and interesting requirement
as it ensures potentially unfair and unpopular delisting proposals get nipped
in the bud.
b) The next step is taking in principle approval of stock
exchanges. This step will ensure that the broad feasibility of the proposal of
delisting would be tested relatively early. In fact, it could have been the
first step to ensure a basic test. The application has to be disposed of
within 30 days of receiving an application complete in all respects.
c) Then, the Promoters have to initiate the exit offer to
public shareholders within one year of the special resolution. This means that
the Promoters have to offer to buy shares of the public shareholders. ‘Public
shareholders’ means essentially share-holders other than the Promoters. This
is a sensible requirement as it allows the public shareholders to get their
monies rather than get stuck with illiquid shares.
The ‘offer price’ has to be at least the ‘base price’ that
is derived by a formula that takes into account quoted prices of the recent
past. However, this price is fortunately not binding. With this price as the
base, a procedure of book building is initiated where the public shareholders
quote the price at which they are willing to sell. If the prices and
quantities offered are such that the Promoters are willing and able to buy
either 50% of the total public holding or increase their holding to at least
90%, and they agree to do so, then the delisting is successful. If not, the
process fails.
d) However, it does not mean that the remaining
shareholders find their shares irrevocably illiquid. The Regulations require
that the Promoters should, over a further period of at least one year, buy the
remaining shares, if offered, at the same price.
• Using the
market price as benchmark for the offer price is defective and unfair to the
shareholders. Listing gives a signifcant premium to the shares. Conversely,
news of delisting results in the quoted price reaching nearer to the value
of an unlisted share. Since the formula for the base price relies on quoted
prices, the shareholders are thus deprived of a fair price.
e) In ‘book building’, there is obvious scope for
manipulation by both sides. The Promoters may line up some friendly public
shareholders to reach any one of the magic cut-off limit as above. On the
other side, shareholders may be tempted to ask for unduly high price and even
rigging and cartelisation has been alleged frequently in the past. There is no
downside for them obviously since even if they fail and if there are enough
shareholders offering a lower price, they can always get this price over the
next one year as the Regulations require the Promoter to keep the offer open
for another one year. Of course if too many shareholders do this, the
Promoters may simply exercise their option to withdraw.
f) SEBI has attempted to make the process fair and free of
manipulation. In particular, there are specific provisions providing that
there is no manipulation, fraud, deceit, etc. in the process by the Promoter
or any person.
8) Fast-track delisting of ‘small’ companies :
b) The basic benefit given is that the elaborate procedure for giving an exit offer would not apply and while such an exit offer still needs to be given, a faster and simpler procedure is provided for.
c) Small companies for this purpose would mean two types of companies :
- In the first type, there would be a company with a paid-up capital up to Rs. 1 crore and whose equity shares were not traded at all in any recognised stock exchange in the preceding one year.
- In the second type, there are 300 or lesser number of public shareholders and the paid-up value of shares held by such public shareholders does not exceed Rs. 1 crore.
d) Instead of the elaborate procedure for exit offer, a shorter process is provided for. An exit offer price is determined in consultation with a merchant banker. The offer is conveyed to the public share-holders. 90% of the public shareholders (Regulations are not clear but presumably 90% refers to value and not the number of public shareholders) need to agree either to sell their shares at the offer price or to continue to remain shareholders post-delisting. The offer document would also state that their agreement also includes an agreement to waive the book-building process for price-discovery.
9) Compulsory delisting :
a) Certain grounds for compulsory delisting may be prescribed by rules made pursuant to Section 21A of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956. Needless to add, there would need to exist strong grounds to do this and where the continuance of listing may be found to be more harmful than delisting and consequent loss of market for the shares.
b) Apart from existence of such serious grounds, the decision for compulsory delisting is to be taken by a panel of the stock exchange, consisting of 5 members including a representative of small investors.
c) Compulsory delisting does not mean that the Promoters escape the requirement of buying out the public shareholders. A fair price of the shares is worked out and the Promoter is required to pay such price to the public shareholders to acquire their shares. The Regulations do not provide for a time limit for carrying out such purchase. That apart, the Company, its Promoters and all companies promoted by them, and whole-time directors would be debarred from accessing the capital market or seek listing of their shares for ten years after delisting. One wonders, though, whether this requirement can be enforced in practice since typically the Promoters of companies facing such serious charges may default even on these further requirements.
Poser: Whole-time director could be an employee holding stock options or having a small holding, who could change his job. How will this requirement impact him and the company he joins?
10. Miscellaneous provisions and points:
a) Two stock exchanges – BSE and NSE for now – are specified as nationwide stock exchanges. If delisting is sought from other than these and where listing continues on one or both of such exchanges, the process is simpler and, importantly, the require-ment of making an exit offer is waived.
b) If delisting is pursuant to a scheme sanctioned by BIFRand if such scheme lays down the procedure for delisting or provides for an exit option to the public shareholders, then the Regulations shall not apply.
c) A minimum period of 3 years should have passed after listing before an application can be made for delisting.
d) A peculiar feature of the Regulations is that the exit offer is required to be given by the Promoters. No funds of the Company shall be used directly or indirectly. Buyback of shares as a means of delisting is specifically prohibited. This is strange and even absurd. Delisting is the reverse of listing. In case of listing, usually, it is the Company that issues shares to the public and receives monies for such issue. In case of delisting, the process ought to be the opposite – the Company should repay the monies back to the shareholders. If, during listing, the Promoters do not get any money, how can they be expected to raise money to buyout the public shareholders? Also, delisting does not recognise a professionally managed company where. there are no Promoters. Does that mean that shares of such companies cannot be voluntarily delisted ?
e) Under the exit offer, the Promoter is required to place 100% of the minimum offer consideration in escrow in cash by way of bank guarantee. Even after buying out the shareholders who offer their shares in the first round, the Promoter will need to maintain the escrow to provide for the remaining shareholders who have option to offer for a period of one year. This is sensible new requirement but, for the Promoters, this results in blocking of funds or maintenance of bank guarantee for one year.
Conclusion:
a) Reading the Regulations, one wonders whether SEBI thinks complexity is equivalent to comprehensiveness. While many provisions are made in enormous detail, some principle and vital issues are ignored. The pricing formula continues to be unfair as Promoters can literally offer the shareholders the option of the proverbial devil and deep sea – either accept the offer price or get your shares delisted (even the middle ground of rejection of delisting suffers from the company’s shares being under the stigma of potential delisting and thus quite possibly under-quoted). On the other side, forcing the Promoters to raise funds from outside the Company for delisting is inappropriate and is a breeding ground of corruption. The Regulations also effectively punish compliant companies making them undergo the elabora te procedure and payment for the exit offer while ‘vanishing’ companies escape both the procedure as well as the payment. Thus, while one recognises the thoughtful small touches at many places, the Regulations, that have come after more than a decade of consideration, disappoint as a whole.
Insider Trading — Recent Amendments — Six-month lock-in on directors/officers and total ban on derivatives and many ‘outsiders’ now insiders
This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .
(1) Directors and officers of listed companies cannot now
carry out reverse trades for six months if they buy or sell even one share. They
cannot also at all hold any positions in derivatives. Moreover, any person who
receives any inside information now is an insider and apparently the requirement
of having connection with the company or a ‘real’ insider is now no longer
required. These are some of the far-reaching but poorly publicised amendments
which have been recently made to the SEBI
Insider Trading Regulations, 1992 (‘the Regulations’).
(2) Let us consider some of these amendments made vide the
Notification dated 19th November 2008.
(3)
Insiders and Outsiders — any person receiving or having access to insider
information is now automatically an insider
(a) An important amendment is to the definition of
‘insider’. No word has been added or deleted, but by dropping a comma and
breaking the definition into two parts, a significant change has been made.
(b) Before the amendment, an Insider had to, firstly,
be a person connected or deemed to be connected to the Company. Such
connected person should then either be reasonably expected to have
access to unpublished price-sensitive information (‘UPSI’) or should
have received it or had access to it.
(c) This definition was ambiguous. A person merely
receiving UPSI or merely having access to it could also be said to be an
Insider, as per one interpretation. It is probably this ambiguity that the
amendment tackles, though by changing the definition upside down !
(d) Now, the amendment says that an Insider is :
(i) a person connected or deemed to be connected to the
Company and who can be reasonably expected to have access to UPSI. OR
(ii) a person who receives or has access to UPSI.
(e) Thus, a new category of what one could call deemed
insiders has been created.
(f) Readers may recollect the classic case of the printer
of company documents who used the price-sensitive information in such
documents to deal in their shares and make profit (United States v.
Chiarella, 445 US 222). Of course, the Supreme Court acquitted this
printer, since from what little I recollect, the allegation was that he
violated fiduciary duty to shareholders of the target Company and the Court
held that he did not. A version of this case was also fictionalised by the
best-selling novelist Lawrence Sanders in his novel “Timothy’s Game”. Such a
printer would though be an Insider in India as per this amended definition, so
would any other person who receives or has access to UPSI.
(g) In practice, such a broad definition may cause
problems. Taken to its extreme, would even a hard-working analyst who takes a
lot of effort and puts 2 and 2 and 2 and 2 together and counts 8, also become
an Insider, since he now has access to UPSI ? I feel that the answer is no for
various reasons, but the law could have said that a link with the company is
specifically required. This may even have also been intended, since the words
used are that such persons should have ‘received’ or ‘had access to’ UPSI.
(4)
Dependents of Insiders also covered for certain purposes
(a) Listed companies and certain other persons are required
to frame a code of internal procedures intended to prevent Insider Trading
(‘the Code’). The Code should be framed ‘as near thereto the Model Code’
provided. It is now provided that the framing of the Code as near to
such model should be ‘without diluting it in any manner’. Further, the
Company should ‘ensure compliance of the same’.
(b) Disclosures of holding and changes therein are now
required in respect of even dependents (as defined by the Company) of the
directors or officers of the listed company. Disclosure of such changes is now
also required to be made to the stock exchanges. Disclosure of holdings in
derivatives is also to be made when a person becomes a director or officer.
(5)
Total ban on further opposite trades for six months/total ban on derivatives
(b) Clause 4.2 of the Model Code has been amended. As per this amended clause, directors/officers/designated employees, who buy or sell shares, cannot now carry out a reverse transaction for six months. Thus, if such person buys even 1 share, he cannot sell any shares for six months and if he sells even one share, he cannot buy any shares for six months. Further, such persons cannot deal, at all, in derivatives of the Company. This bar is over and above the general prohibition on insider dealing.
(i) The devil in me tells me that the ban is only on such directors, etc. and the dependents of such persons are not affected by such ban ! Of course, such dependents may have to answer to the charge of Insider Dealing generally.
(ii) This bar also does not apply to Promoters ! ! ! This is absurd. Of course those Promoters who are directors, officers or designated employees would face the bar. So also, the prohibition on Insider Trading generally would continue to apply.
(iii) The bar also does not apply to other Insiders.
(c) This bar on such transactions is total. There are no circumstances’ – whether of urgent need or otherwise – under which the bar can be lifted. There is also no provision under which even SEBI could grant exemption.
(d) An interesting question arises. Does the bar apply also to shares acquired through exercise of employees’ stock options or under a Share Purchase Scheme? This can be seen in two ways. If such a person has sold shares, can he acquire shares under an ESOPs scheme in the next six months? Alternatively, if he has acquired shares under an ESOPs scheme, can he sell shares in the next six months?
(i) The crucial word to examine is ‘buy’. I think there is a good case to argue that the word ‘buy’ would include shares acquired under an ESOP scheme. However, I still think that shares acquired under ESOP schemes are not intended to be covered. Consider a related bar on shares acquired through an IPO. The existing clause, continued without any change, requires shares acquired by such persons through IPO should be held for at least 30 days. Obviously, if the intention was to cover shares bought in any manner, then such a separate bar was not required at all. I know the provisions are not happily worded. I also know it could be argued that the 30-day lock-in for IPO acquired shares is meant to be a special case. However, taking all things into account, perhaps the intention is not to cover shares acquired under ESOP schemes.
6. No penal consequences for violating the new trading restrictions on Insiders?
(a) As discussed earlier, directors, etc. are barred from carrying out opposite transactions for six months and holding positions in derivatives (let us call such transactions as ‘Specified Transactions’).
(b) The question is what are the consequences of violation of these two restrictions?
(c) The SEBI Act provides for severe punishment for Insider Trading. U/s.15G, the specified acts by an Insider attract a penalty of Rs. 25 crores or 3 times the profits made from Insider Trading, whichever is higher. U/ s.24, violation of the Regulations could result in imprisonment up to 10 years or a fine of up to RS. 25 crores or both. There can be other consequences also.
(d) Would any of such consequences be attracted for violating the bar on carrying out such Specified Transactions – i.e., such opposite transactions or derivatives? The answer seems to be No.
(e) Violations of the Code are to be punished by the company internally and the Model Code suggests that they ‘may be penalised and appropriate action may be taken by the company’. The violators shall also be ‘subject to disciplinary action by the company, which may include wage freeze, suspension, ineligible for future participation in employee stock option plans, etc.’.
(f) Beyond this, it appears that SEBI cannot levy the said penalties of RS.25 crores, etc. or prosecute and get such person imprisoned, etc. The reason is the peculiar placement of the amendments. The bar on Specified Transactions is contained in the Model Code. Regulation 12 merely requires listed companies and other entities to ‘frame’ and ‘enforce’ a Code on the lines of the Model Code. There is no requirement in the Act or the Regulations that the Code so made should be followed. While an obligation and enforcement relation has been created between the company, etc. and such persons, no such obligation or enforcement relation has been created between SEBI and such persons.
(g) If, e.g., the company does not frame the Code of Conduct as prescribed, SEBI can levy penalties, and take other penal and other action. Further, if a company does not enforce the Code, then also such penal consequences would follow. But the Regulations do not go further and require that the Code so framed should also be complied with by the directors, etc.
(h) Is this intentional or is it an unintentional drafting lapse? On first impression, one could be tempted to consider that this is intentional. The Consultative Paper on proposed amendments to Insider Trading of March 2008 did consider the requirements of the Model Code to be akin to corporate governance requirements. In fact, it discussed that disclosure of non-compliance was perhaps a better way to punish a company economically through the markets. It also recommended dilution of the punitive requirements. Effectively, it appeared to suggest a change in approach. However, even considering these original thoughts, it still appears to me that it is not intended by SEBI that such violations should not attract penal conse-quences.
(i) I think it is not only an unintentional lapse and this also arises on account of an improper appreciation of the structure of the Regulations. SEBI has all along assumed that violations of the Code as framed by the Company are not only punishable with monetary penalties and directions, but also subject to prosecution. In the aforesaid Consultative Paper of March 2008, SEBI recommended that the violations of the Code should not result in imprisonment. It further said that “other powers of monetary penalties and directions should be continued”. Thus, SEBI assumed that the violations already attracted all these penal consequences.
(j) On this erroneous presumption, perhaps, SEBI placed the bar on the Specified Transactions in the Model Code.
(k) But where is the provision, in the Act or the Regulations, saying that violations of the Code will attract such penal consequences? No-where, I think.
(l) Thus, by possibly an unintentional drafting lapse, the bar on the Specified Transactions will not attract the penalties, prosecution, etc. Taking this further, even violation of the 30-day lock-in for shares acquired in IPO or, for that matter, violation of any other provision of the Code, would not attract such punishment.
(m) Of course, this does not mean that such persons can merrily carry out Insider Trading as defined – i.e., trade in shares on the basis of unpublished price-sensitive information or communicate such information, etc. Also, persons violating the bars on ‘specified transactions’ would also face, as discussed above, action by the company for violation of the Code.
(7) There are a few other amendments and issues, but considering space constraints, only certain important amendments have been discussed.
(8) A common thread amongst these amendments appears to be that SEBI seems to have preferred a total ban and also creating a ‘deemed category’ of insiders without leaving any scope for subjective exemptions. While the merits of such an approach could be debated, it is likely that at least in the short run, many persons may unwittingly carry out ‘Insider Trading’ as so now widely defined – in terms of persons as well as transactions. This is the sad consequence of the poorly publicised and arbitrary amendments.
Satyam — is pledge of shares insider trading ?
This series of articles introducing securities laws for
listed companies to the lay reader continues . . .
(1) Not one more Satyam article, please ! There is certainly
an overdose of reports, articles, blogs, even Twitter messages covering the
latest buzz or views on the Satyam episode. There is serious competition on the
net on how one writer could outdo others in eloquent outrage. However, the fact
remains that at least at the time of writing this article, which is many days
after Mr. Ramalinga Raju’s ‘confession letter’ that, except this very letter,
there are very little other facts brought out. Even the veracity of the contents
of this very letter is being questioned by some. However, as is usually the case
in Trial-by-Media, many parties have been already presumed to be guilty.
(2) However, for the purposes of this column, the Satyam
episode is a dream case study for students of securities laws. If one believes
even some of the reported statements in the press and elsewhere to be true, it
seems that violation of a host of securities laws would be alleged. There would
be question of violations of the SEBI DIP Guidelines while making of
disclosures. There would be allegations of fraud and unfair trade practices in
dealings in securities and making of statements by the Promoters of Satyam and
others. There would be allegations of violation of numerous provisions of
corporate governance requirements. There would be concerns about violations of
the Insider Trading Regulations, since it is reported that shares of Satyam have
been sold by the Promoters over the last many years, either directly or by the
lenders who lent funds against the securities of the shares and then sold the
shares. There could be violation of the Regulations and Code of Conduct for
intermediaries such as merchant bankers, brokers, etc. in their dealings in
relation to Satyam. And so on and on.
(3) However, as stated, it may be worth for us, as students
of this field, to examine one or more of such issues from time to time and then,
in the context of specific ‘facts’ as reported, examine the law and see how it
could apply. This way, we can understand the law in practice.
(4) Let us then, in this context, consider one such
allegation and that is that there has been violation of Insider Trading
Regulations in dealing of shares by the Promoters of Satyam. More specifically,
it is being alleged that the Promoters of Satyam pledged their shares in Satyam
to lenders who, in turn, on default or on margin calls, sold their shares. It is
alleged that this amounts to Insider Trading by the Promoters. It is also
reported that the SEBI Committee examining this issue will also consider whether
the law should be amended, whereby pledge of Promoters’ shares would now be
required to be disclosed. Let us examine here, in the light of the alleged
facts, whether pledge of shares can be held to be Insider Trading under the
existing law. Let us also examine the implications of the recommendation that
the law be amended to require disclosures of pledge of shares by Promoters.
(5) Let us examine the reasoning given in support of the view
that pledge of shares should amount to Insider Trading. The first line of
argument is that pledge of shares is indeed Insider Trading, apparently by
taking an extended meaning of ‘dealing’ in ‘securities’. It is stated that the
word ‘dealing in securities’, the very substance of Insider Trading, is broad
enough to include all transactions relating to securities including, therefore,
even pledge. However, I wonder if the wording of the scheme provides for
coverage of a bona fide pledge. The existing definition of ‘dealing in
securities’ in the SEBI Insider Trading Regulations is quite specific and
exhaustive though a bit clumsy. It says that ‘dealing in securities’ means
‘an act of subscribing, buying, selling or agreeing to subscribe, buy, sell or
deal in any securities by a person either as a principal or an agent’. Pledging
of shares is not subscribing or buying or selling of securities, nor is it
agreeing to do so.
(6) The definition has some clumsiness in terms of being
circumlocutory when it uses the word ‘deal’ again in the latter part of the
definition, but I doubt whether even this would be sufficient to cover bona
fide pledge of shares.
(7) Consider also the intention of these Regulations
prohibiting Insider Trading. It is obviously to restrict insiders from dealing
ahead of material disclosures, at a time when the price is significantly
different from what it may be if these disclosures were made. In Satyam, it is
being alleged that the Promoters pledged shares when prices were high and thus
obtained monies based on valuations that did not reflect the reality and which
reality was disclosed much later. The lenders allegedly sold shares when market
price started falling and Promoters could not meet margin calls. However, this,
by itself only, cannot make bona fide pledge of shares insider dealing.
(8) When a person pledges shares, he keeps the risks and
rewards in the shares with himself. When the lender sells the shares on default
or margin calls, he sells at a time when the prices may have already fallen, but
then it is the borrower who has to bear such fall. He would be credited
obviously only to the extent of the amount realised by sale. If the borrower
bears the risk of such fall, then this goes against the very concept of Insider
Trading where the dealer profits from a fall in price that may be the result of
adverse information published later.
(9) The second and incidental line of argument is that the
definition of ‘securities’ — Insider Trading involves dealing in ‘securities’ —
under the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 includes ‘rights or
interest in securities’. It is argued, and to that extent rightly so, that
pledge of shares may involve grant of right or interest in securities. However,
from this, a conclusion is apparently being inferred that thereby dealing in
‘securities’ would cover pledge of shares.
10. One possible answer to this is that what is covered under Insider Trading is ‘dealing’ in securities i.e., the process and action itself. It is the word ‘securities’ that has been given an extended meaning under SCRA to cover ‘rights or interest’. The word ‘dealing’ has not so been artificially extended and in fact, as discussed above, is quite specific and exhaustive (except for the quirk, also discussed). If pledge of shares is held to be Insider Trading, then Insider Trading is being interpreted to mean ‘dealing in (dealing in securities)’!
11. Interestingly, the Takeover Regulations exempt acquisition of shares by ‘banks and public financial institutions as pledgees’. One may wonder whether, therefore, pledge was thus understood to be acquisition, since otherwise there was no need to specifically give this exemption. However, this conclusion may not be correct since, even here, what is really exempted is ‘acquisition of shares’ as ‘pledgees’ and not the pledge itself. In other words, the pledge has to be an acquisition first – e.g., in the case where the pledgee actually transfers the shares in its name and also does further acts. Also, there are decisions (of SAT,etc., not discussed here) that have held that pledge does not amount to acquisition of shares.
12. The above discussion though applies to bona fide pledge of shares and the moot question of course is whether the pledge of shares in Satyam was bona fide. Obviously, no one knows this yet and it may take a long time before the truth is established. However, clearly, if a pledge is not a bona fide pledge and is actually a sale in disguise, then it would be sale of securities and in that case the Insider Trading Regulations would squarely apply. But this would be by applying the regular and plain inter-pretation of Insider Trading and not by a crisis-driven, extended meaning.
13. If in the heat and pressure of action, to some-how find the Promoters of Satyam guilty of Insider Trading, a stretched interpretation is taken that any pledge of shares should also be deemed to be Insider Trading, it can cause a serious crisis to the whole corporate world generally. Firstly, Promoters of numerous other companies would also be deemed to have committed Insider Trading through pledge. Secondly, this process may bring out the real picture of the status of finances of Promoters in India post-stock market meltdown !
14. It is then that the second suggestion of SEBI can be discussed and that is whether Promoters should be required to disclose the pledge of their shareholdings. I think this is a sensible suggestion and it would be valuable information for shareholders and the markets in general to know to what extent the Promoters are vulnerable and what is their real, net and clear holding and stake. Not that there is anything per se wrong in pledging shares or that it is ‘disclosure’ of Insider Trading. Pledge may be for many reasons – for raising of finance for persons or corporate purposes or even further acquisition of shares, etc. In fact, if funds are raised by Promoters for financing further acquisitions of shares, then this may be even indicative of their own confidence in the Company. Of course, in some cases, this disclosure may help initiating investigation of the bona fide nature of the pledge.
15. However, as stated earlier, making Promoters to disclose, at this juncture, the pledge of their holding would also result in the discovery – probably shocking – of the reality as suggested by the oftquoted statement of Warren Buffet – “You only find out who is swimming naked when the tide goes out”. We may thus find out how many Indian Promoters are swimming dressed very skimpily and how many are swimming stark naked!
Open offer pricing — recent decisions
(1) Open offers under the SEBI Takeover Regulations are
perhaps the rare situations in which intelligent investor interest focusses on
the wording and interpretation of securities laws. Whether there will be an open
offer and at what price and to whom are
questions, the answer to which present quick money-making opportunities to them.
In Western countries, professional arbitrageurs used to specialise in this
narrow field and some of them made hundreds of millions of dollars. As many of
these investors resorted to the use of inside information, this rewarding
activity came into disrepute.
(2) Even a simple takeover can create complications for an
intelligent and well-informed investor if he speculates. The issue gets further
complicated if takeover of Company C by B is quickly followed by takeover of B
by A.
(3) A recent decision of the Securities Appellate Tribunal
deals with just some of such complications and should present interesting
reading. The issue essentially related to what offer price should be given to
public shareholders under the mandatory open offer required under the Takeover
Regulations. The interesting aspect was that the company taken over itself
controlled another listed company (that was itself recently taken over). You can
picture the situation that a big fish eats a small fish and before the small
fish is even digested by the big fish, a bigger fish comes and eats the big
fish !
(4) Since the law requires that if a company is taken over
indirectly, then open offer is required for the indirectly acquired company
also. The question was what would be the price that should be offered for such
indirectly acquired company’s public shareholders. The case considers the
complexities that arise in such takeovers and how the law would be
expectedly found to be partially inadequate. The case also offers insights how
the Appellate Authority tries to find a meaningful solution to the issue,
filling in gaps through a ‘purposive’ approach to interpretation of the law. The
issue also is whether the Securities Appellate Tribunal, with due respect, took
an approach that gave benefits to public shareholders, but that was not
justified by the letter and perhaps even the spirit of the law.
(5) Let us go into the facts of this interesting case. The
decision is in the case of Dr. Jayaram Chigurupati v. SEBI and Others,
(Appeal No. 137 of 2009). The 3 companies involved were Zenotech Laboratories
Limited (‘Zenotech’), Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited (‘Ranbaxy’) and Daiichi
Sankyo Company (‘Daiichi’).
(6) Zenotech was the small fish in our analogy and was taken
over by Ranbaxy in the first instance. Ranbaxy made the required open offer to
the shareholders of Zenotech. Thereafter, Zenotech became a subsidiary of
Ranbaxy. Within a few months of the open offer by Ranbaxy — Ranbaxy itself was
taken over by Daiichi and thereafter became a subsidiary of Daiichi. It needs to
be noted that both Zenotech and Ranbaxy are listed companies.
(7) To recap the law, the Takeover Regulations require that
if a listed company is taken over, an open offer is required to be made to the
public shareholders of the listed company. The objective is that when an
acquirer buys shares typically from the Promoters of a Company, he should offer
to buy out at least some of the public shareholders too. The minimum percentage
for which the public offer has to be made is 20% of the equity capital. The
important other relevant factor crucial to the present case is the price at
which such an open offer has to be made. The offer price is determined by a
formula that takes into account the price paid for the initial acquisition, the
average of the prices for the preceding specified period, the price paid by the
acquirer or persons acting in concert with him in the preceding specified period
and so on.
(8) The Takeover Regulations require that if there is an
‘indirect’ takeover, the open offer would be required not only to the public
shareholders of the company taken over, but also of the company indirectly taken
over. The subsidiary company of the company taken over is a classic example of a
company indirectly taken over. In the context of our above example, Ranbaxy was
the company directly taken over by Daiichi and Zenotech was the company
indirectly taken over since Zenotech was a subsidiary of Daiichi.
(9) Thus, Daiichi would have to make an open offer not only
to the shareholders of Ranbaxy, but also to the shareholders of Zenotech. The
open offer to Ranbaxy’s shareholders did not offer any complication and was not
also in dispute here. Complications arose for the open offer of Zenotech and at
what price should the open offer be made to their public shareholders.
(10) A brief digression is required here to explain why the
law in relation to such indirect acquisition is a bit complicated and why it has
certain artificial parameters. Earlier, the differences in reality that may
arise between direct and indirect takeovers were not realised and hence the law
was not much different. However, experience made the lawmakers realise that
indirect takeovers had to be treated differently. It was seen that often
indirect takeovers were proposed but could not be completed because certain
approvals were not eventually received. This was particularly so in case of
cross-border acquisitions and where the parent company abroad was acquired.
Approvals of competition authorities and others made the completion of the
takeover uncertain and at least there was a significant delay involved. If an
open offer is required to be made for a takeover that finally does not happen,
then the shares so acquired would be an undue cost to the acquirer. For these
and other reasons, the law in India was amended and it was provided, in essence,
that in case of indirect takeovers, the open offer would have to be made within
3 months completion and consummation of the takeover of the first company.
However, to be fair to the public shareholders, the price to be offered to them
would be the higher of the prices calculated with reference to the original date
of the takeover of the first company and the date when the open offer is
triggered after the completion of the takeover of the first company.
(a) Thus, the complicated formula would have to be applied
with reference to both such dates.
(11) An interesting parameter provided for in this formula is
that if at any time during the preceding twenty-six weeks, the acquirer or any
person acting in concert with him had acquired shares at a higher price, then
such higher price would have to be offered to the public shareholders. The logic
is not far to see — the law intends to ensure that the highest of the prices
recently paid by the acquirer or persons acting in concert should be paid to the
public shareholders.
12. Now once again let us apply the above law to the facts of the present case and see the interesting twist. To recollect, Daiichi acquired Ranbaxy whose subsidiary was Zenotech. Thus, Daiichi had to make an open offer also to the shareholders of Zenotech within three months of completion of acquisition of Ranbaxy, Daiichi or persons acting in concert with it (except for the interesting twist discussed later) had not acquired any shares of Zenotech in the preceding twenty-six weeks. Thus, Daiichi made an open offer at Rs.114 (rounded off here for simplic-ity), since that was the price determined as per the various parameters.
13. However, the question and interesting twist to the whole issue was this. Ranbaxy had become a subsidiary of Daiichi after the acquisition. At the time when the open offer was being made by Daiichi to shareholders of Zenotech, Ranbaxy was thus a subsidiary of Daiichi. By definition, a subsidiary company is deemed to be a person acting in concert with the holding company unless it is established otherwise. Thus, Ranbaxy was a person acting in concert with Daiichi.
14. Ranbaxy had obviously acquired shares of Zenotech when it took it over and as part of open offer. However, only after such takeover of Zenotech that Ranbaxy was itself taken over by and became subsidiary of Daiichi. Since the preceding twenty-six week period was to be considered, and since Zenotech was taken over by Ranbaxy during this period, obviously Ranbaxy had acquired shares of Zenotech during this period under the first open offer. The question was that whether the price paid by Ranbaxy during this period was to be taken into account.
15. The stakes were large. Ranbaxy had paid a price of Rs.160 and thus instead of the Rs.114 to be paid, Rs.160 would be required to be paid.
16. The aggrieved parties petitioned to SEBI who rejected the claim of increase of the offer price to Rs.160 (interestingly, the erstwhile Promoters of Zenotech holding 26% shares were themselves the primary petitioners). The petitioners went in appeal to the Securities Appellate Tribunal (‘SAT’).
17. The SAT held that since Ranbaxy was a sub-sidiary of Daiichi, it was deemed to be acting in concert with Daiichi. No claims were made to refute this legal presumption. The SAT held that since this was the case, the acquisitions made by Ranbaxy during the prescribed period would also have to be taken into account. Since Ranbaxy had paid Rs. 160 to acquire shares of Zenotech during this period, this higher price would have to be the open offer price. Thus, though the open offer price otherwise determined taking also the current price was Rs.114, the price to be actually offered was held to be Rs.160.
18. Now, one may be tempted to say that if the small and public shareholder is benefitted, it is a good thing. The question, however, is also of justice. Incidentally, it was the erstwhile Promoters of Zenotech who held 26% that would be the major beneficiaries. (A side bar here – normally the Promoters of the target company cannot participate in an open offer and it is restricted to public shareholders only. However, since Zenotech was already taken over, the erstwhile Promoters, though holding 26%, became public shareholders and thus eligible for the open offer). Further, it is possible that eventually Daiichi may also have to pay interest on Rs.160 (for the grace period granted under law, SAT has held though that no interest would be payable).
19. With great respect, I submit that the decision is not correct in law.
20. Let us first look at the intention of the law. The intention, as I read the law, is that if an acquirer buys shares that triggers an open offer, the highest recent price’ paid by him should be considered and not merely the price at which the lot of shares that resulted in attraction of the open offer were acquired. For this purpose, since it often happens that many entities of the acquirer group acquire shares, the price paid by such persons acting in concert are also considered. However, it is strange that a person who was never a person acting in concert to start with at the time of the original acquisition, is now deemed to be acting in concert. When Ranbaxy bought shares of Zenotech it had nothing to do with Daiichi. To say that Ranbaxy was acting in concert with Daiichi in view of an event that happened later on and apply this to an earlier date is strange.
21. The words used are ‘acting’ in concert and this is in the present tense. Quite apparently, as on the date of original acquisition Ranbaxy was not ‘acting’ in concert with Daiichi.
22. The concept of deemed person acting in concert is an artificial concept and it is a well-settled principle of law that such artificial and deeming provisions should be construed strictly.
23. I do not know whether the SAT deliberately took a view to favour the small shareholders and of course there are no words to that effect though SAT does say that it has taken a ‘purposive’ interpretation of the law. I respectfully submit that on a plain and literal reading as well as reading in terms of the object of the law, the conclusion is, with great respect, not justified in law.
24. As I write this article, there are reports that Daiichi may go in appeal to the Supreme Court and it would be interesting to consider what the Su-preme Court has to say in the matter.
Is levy of penalty mandatory for violation of securities laws ?
(1) Is levy of penalty for violation of securities laws
mandatory ? Is there no discretion to the Adjudicating Officer on whether or not
to levy penalty ? Are adjudication proceedings a mere formality ? Is intention
to commit the violation a totally irrelevant factor in determining penalty ?
And, finally, are all the preceding questions answered in the affirmative
by the Supreme Court ?
(2) In the past couple of years, SEBI has repeatedly levied
stiff penalties citing certain sentences mainly from a decision of the Supreme
Court. It is claimed that the Supreme Court has held that if one does not comply
with securities laws, levy of penalty is mandatory. Good intentions and other
mitigating factors are irrelevant. And that the Supreme Court had mandated SEBI
only to find whether a particular provision is violated or not and their job
ends there. They are then left with the only choice of levying a penalty —
usually a stiff one.
(3) One of the following sentences from two Supreme Court
decisions is invariably cited :
“The Board does not have any discretion in the matter and,
thus, the adjudication proceeding is a mere formality. Imposition of penalty
upon the appellant would, thus, be a foregone conclusion.”
And, from another decision, :
“Once the violation of statutory regulations is
established, imposition of penalty becomes sine qua non of violation
and the intention of parties committing such violation becomes totally
irrelevant. Once the contravention is established, then the penalty is to
follow.”
(4) Amongst the numerous SEBI orders levying penalty citing
the above and, very often, doing nothing more, are Platinum Finvest Private
Limited – AO No. SD/AO/-46/2009, dated April 20, 2009 in which a penalty of
Rs.10 lakhs was levied for non-filing of certain reports regarding their
holdings, the order in Jayesh Waghela’s case dated June 23, 2009 where a penalty
of Rs.15 lakhs was levied and the order in Santosh Narvekar’s case levying a
penalty of Rs.25 lakhs.
(5) These Supreme Court decisions are also cited in ongoing
penalty proceedings and parties are sought to be persuaded that their
intentions, whether good or bad, are now irrelevant and adjudication proceedings
are a mere formality now. Penalty is a foregone conclusion. Considering that
typically SEBI has power to levy penalty of Rs.25 crores or even more and Rs.1
lakh per day of delay, parties find settling through consent orders a better
option rather than fight a battle that is lost to begin with since it amounts to
payment of penalty where otherwise penalty may not be warranted. Of course,
settling through consent order means that one is forced to accept a stiff
penalty.
(6) However, is it true that the above mentioned statements
are really what the Supreme Court has decided ? What was the
context in which it has said that ? What are the qualifications to such
statements ? What are the related observations ? What were the facts of these
decisions that led the Supreme Court to make these statements ? And, thus,
finally, what conclusions should one draw regarding the state of law on levy of
penalty for violation of securities laws ?
(7) To begin with, the Supreme Court has said exactly what
the SEBI orders say and what has been cited above. The Supreme Court has made
the above statements in Swedish Match AB v. SEBI, (122 Comp. Cas. 83 (SC)
(2004)) and SEBI v. Shriram Mutual Fund, [68 SCL 216 (SC)], respectively
(let us refer these decisions as Swedish Match & Shriram).
(8) It is worth reviewing these decisions briefly. However,
before we do that, let us consider the background of the issue.
(9) Violations under securities laws could be broadly and
loosely bifurcated between what are non-compliances of civil obligations and
what amounts to criminal violations. The former would typically involve civil
proceedings to levy penalty, etc., while the latter may result in prosecution.
Secu-rities Laws have numerous provisions that amount to civil obligations such
as requirements of filing of information and documents. When faced with penalty
proceedings for such non-filings, parties often argue that levy of penalty
requires that SEBI should prove that there was mens rea — i.e.,
guilty mind or intention. In other words, the argument was that a guilty state
of mind has to be proved and, further, the onus to prove it was on SEBI. If SEBI
could not establish mens rea, no penalty could be levied. As we will see
further, the decisions of Shriram and Swedish Match have settled the law by
holding that establishing of mens rea by SEBI is not a pre-condition for
levy of penalty.
(10) However, this is what the Supreme Court has said and
nothing further, if one reads the decisions as a whole, reads the same into
context and reads the qualifying and incidental statements.
(11) Since Shriram is the decision consistently cited, let us
review this decision. In that case, Shriram Mutual Fund was alleged (all
statements made in this article are allegations of SEBI and not necessarily
established to be true) to have repeatedly exceeded the trading limits placed on
mutual funds for dealings through associated brokers. Penalties were levied on
the mutual fund and the matter went finally to the Supreme Court. The Supreme
Court observed (incidentally the decision was ex parte) that this
violation was conclusively established. The question then was, when such
violation is conclusively established, does “imposition of penalty becomes a
sine qua non of the violation” ?
(12) The Supreme Court described the scheme of the Act and
particularly the framework for levy of penalty. It pointed out that various
factors were specifically laid down as relevant for consideration for
determination of the quantum of penalty, and that “The Legislature in its wisdom
had not included mens rea or deliberate or wilful nature of default as a
factor to be considered by the Adjudicating Officer in determining the quantum
of liability to be imposed on the defaulter”.
(13) It also pointed out that the provisions relating to
penalty contained in S. 15A to S. 15H, etc. provide that the violator ‘shall be
liable’ to penalty and therefore, it held that penalty is mandatory.
Incidentally, it was not brought before the Court that S. 15I which provides for
levy of penalty by the Adjudicating Officer specifically uses the words ‘he
may impose such penalty’ as he deems fit.
14) It further held that the provisions relating to penalty under the aforesaid Sections were ‘neither criminal nor quasi-criminal’ and were actually breaches of civil obligations. Thus, it held that “Therefore, there is no question of proof of intention or any mens rea by the appellants and it is not essential element for imposing penalty under SEBI Act and the Regulations.” This issue is thus well settled now.
15) The issue, however, is not whether mens rea has to be proved by SEBI or not. The issue is whether mens rea is wholly irrelevant as SEBI claims. Or that even absence of mens rea is irrelevant. Or that mens rea does not appear into the picture at all.
16) I repeat and submit that the only thing the Supreme Court has laid down is that there is no onus on SEBI to prove mens rea as a pre-condition to levy penalty. Violation is by itself sufficient to attract penalty. However, mens rea is certainly a factor to determine the quantum of penalty, when the penalty provided is within a range of amount. Further, I would even submit that absence of mens rea and presence of other mitigating factors should actually mean that SEBI should use its discretion not to levy any penalty at all. As one reads the decision further, this is actually what the Supreme Court has laid down.
17) One should also note the peculiar facts of the case which the Supreme Court specifically listed. Firstly, the offender was a mutual fund which is expected to know the law. Secondly, the facts showed that the mutual fund had repeatedly violated the law – as many as 12 times. The nature of the violation that was violated is also of interest. The mutual violated the restriction on not dealing through associated brokers beyond 5% – the intention of the restriction is obvious – the mutual fund should not farm out business of brokerage to group concerns beyond a specified limit. In fact, the mutual fund farmed out business even to the extent of 91% and 52% in a couple of cases.
18) It was also felt that when a knowledgeable mutual fund violates the limit, then ex facie, the violation was intentional.
19) Importantly, the Supreme Court emphasised that the discretion of the Adjudicating Officer in levy of penalty and held that “the quantum of penalty is discretionary”.
20) It also held that “the respondents have wil-fully violated statutory provisions with impunity and hence the imposition of penalty was fully justified”. In other words, far from holding that intention or mens rea is irrelevant, it has actually given weight to the fact that the violation was wilful, made with impunity and this factor made the levy of penalty justified.
21) The Supreme Court further observed, “it has been established by the Adjudicating Officer as well as admitted by the respondents that there has been a conscious disregard of the obligation inas-much as the respondents were aware that they were acting in violation of the provisions of Regulations.”. In other words, while, to begin with, there was no onus on SEBI to establish mens rea as a pre-condition to levy penalty, the Court itself gave full weight to the fact that the violation was a conscious one, that the mutual fund was aware that they were acting in violation and, finally, the mutual fund itself admitted that they were so conscious and aware. Thus, mens rea was given its full and due weight as regards the quantum of the penalty and also as regards whether the discretion to waive penalty should be exercised or not. In the face of such words, it does not at all lie on SEBI to contend that mens rea is irrelevant.
22) I submit that discretion to levy penalty is actually discretion not to levy any penalty and the Supreme Court made observations confirming this position of law. The Supreme Court observed,” The facts and circumstances of the present case in no way indicate the existence of special circumstances so as to waive the penalty imposed by the Adjudicating Officer.” In other words, it, firstly, recognized that penalty can be waived, and that under special circumstances, it, should be waived. It then proceeded to discuss the various factors in that case that, on one hand justified a lesser penalty and on the other hand justified a higher penalty. An important adverse factor was whether the violation was made for benefit by the mutual fund.
23) The summary and essence of the decision – which strangely none of the SEBI decisions ever cite is beautifully and succinctly laid down in the following observation – “On particular facts and circumstances of the case, proper exercise or judicial discretion is a must, but not on a foundation that mens rea is an essential to impose penalty in each and every breach of provisions of the SEBI Act.”
24) It is in the above light, then, the words of the Supreme Court cited at the start of this article need to be reread. To repeat, the Supreme Court observed, “In our considered opinion, penalty is attracted as soon as the contravention of the statutory obligation as contemplated by the Act and the Regulation is established and hence the intention of the parties committing such violation becomes wholly irrelevant.” Thus, it is only for deciding the question whether penalty is to be levied or not that the intention is wholly irrelevant. However, for determining the quantum of penalty – from zero to Rs.25 crores – indeed for even waiving the penalty intention and mens rea are very much relevant. Indeed, the Supreme Court itself, in this very decision, repeatedly relied on the intention and mens rea.
25) Then let us consider the apparently even more drastic words of the Supreme Court that in Swedish Match’s case that, “The Board does not have any discretion in the matter and, thus, the adjudication proceeding is a mere formality. Imposition of penalty upon the appellant would, thus, be a forgone conclusion.”
26) Let us first consider the facts of this second case. To summarise them very briefly, in this case, the appellant was held to have violated the requirements of open offer and thus was required to make an open offer and also pay interest for the period of delay. The appellant, however, expressed concern that SEBI may levy penalty on them. The Supreme Court noted that the appellant was by the decision required to comply with all its obligations and, in fact, taking into account also the interest, the appellant was being made to pay a large amount. The Supreme Court had already decided the dispute of law before it as to whether the open offer was required to be made or not. The issue of penalty was not at all a matter of appeal. There was no order or even Notice of SEBI relating to penalty.
27) However, the concern arose on whether, after the appellant makes the open offer, SEBI may initiate penalty proceedings and even levy a penalty of Rs.25 crores. The appellant argued that SEBI cannot initiate such proceedings. SEBI rightly pointed out that this matter was not at all the subject matter of proceedings before the Supreme Court and therefore should not be discussed or decided.
28) It is in this light that the Supreme Court raised the concern that since the appellant is complying with its obligations and also even paying interest, should it also face penalty the levy of which is a matter of course. It also apparently referred to a peculiar wording of the law where the penalty leviable is exactly Rs.25 crores and not upto Rs.25 crores. It observed that in such a case, levy of penalty of Rs.25 crores would be ‘a foregone conclusion’ and the adjudication proceedings being reduced to a mere formality.
29) The Supreme Court thus directed that SEBI should not initiate penalty proceedings. It gave this direction by exercising its jurisdiction under Article 142 of the Constitution of India. In fact, it even stated specifically that “This may not, however, be treated to be a precedent”.
30) I submit that the issue as to whether levy of maximum penalty is automatic or not, and whether adjudication proceedings are required or not were not matters for consideration before the Supreme Court. Hence, at best, these were mere obiter dicta and not a considered decision on issues raised. With great respect, I would also state that the view that adjudication proceedings are now a mere formality is not correct. In any case, this decision was followed by Shriram which in fact laid down the objective factors for levy of penalty.
32) To conclude, unfortunately for SEBI, the Supreme Court has not made its job easy so that it needs only to establish the default to levy the maximum penalty. Adjudication proceedings are not a formality – at least not in the manner which SEBI would like us to believe. Far from ignoring the intentions of parties, SEBI will have to consider them. If it wants to levy very high penalties, it may even have to establish mens rea. It will have to consider other factors such as disproportionate gain, loss caused to investors and repetitive nature of the default. It will have to consider mitigating factors. Of course, all these will have to be put forth by the party – obviously SEBI may not go out of its way to help the party. And, in the right and special facts, SEBI will even have to exercise its judicious discretion to waive the penalty.
32) In other words, the presumption that has been invalidated is ‘no mens rea, no penalty’. But, there is no new rule that ‘mere violation = maximum penalty’.
Competition risk — Case study
Overview :
Inherent in business is the ‘risk of competition’, which can be local, regional, national and transnational. Surf faced it from Nirma and both are facing it from Ghadi and other regional brands. Despite the ‘risk of competition’, competition is the ‘breath and blood’ of business. Competition motivates managements to innovate. It creates entrepreneurs. Competition and competitiveness are necessary to meet the challenges of tomorrow. It improves both the cost and quality of the product. It would not be wrong to say that competition even changes the taste of the customer.
However, it is also necessary at this stage to see the impact of absence of competition. Its absence results in monopoly, deterioration in quality, increase in prices and consumer being short-charged. The automobile industry is an outstanding example of what absence and existence of competition has done in India. Padmini and Ambassador were both bad in quality and delivery. It used to be said that :
- the only thing that works is the horn, and
- one needs to book a car when a child is born.
Look at the market today. Competition has led not only to increased availability, but also improved quality and variety of models and makes. Cars at every price point are now available. ‘Nano’ the innovative product from Tata’s is changing the market. Many international car manufacturers are making India as the hub for producing small car. Again care for environment is internationally increasing competition for introducing hybrids. GM is working on a hybrid electric car which will give 230 miles per gallon. Daimler’s smart car will give 300 miles per gallon and Nissan’s product is expected to give 367 miles per gallon — Time 31 Aug. 2009.
Another outstanding example of what competition can do is our ‘telecom’ sector. It is the only product where cost to customer has reduced since the advent of mobile phone about a decade and half back. Today the customer pays not per minute of use but per second of use.
Nations fight for markets. That is what Doha is all about. Opening of services is expected to improve the quality of services. Even during the recent and current financial crises the impacted markets were inherently against taking protective measures as that would lead to lack of competition and result in a closed market which is against the interest of the consumer.
There are a number of factors that attract competition in a given business and industry. The primary factor of course is the prospect of earnings, and growth potential in term of revenues, profits, value addition, market share and customer base and loyalty. Hence, the challenges are :
A. The first real challenge is knowing your competitors, in being able to judge (i) the market segments that are exposed to the risk, (ii) the level and resources of the threat which they pose, (iii) the source of competition risk in respect of the particular competitors in terms of the 4ps of marketing, (iv) their relative strengths and weakness.
B. The second real challenge is in knowing what makes your products and services click in the market in the teeth of competition and why and how you are able to score over the competitors. These two aspects generally enable us to judge the extent of competition and its impact on our business.
C. The third aspect of competition risk pertains to potential and future competition. This is given by the attractiveness of the market, controlled by the extent and difficulty of entry barriers and the competition regulations and trade practices.
Competition encompasses not just the marketing and sales dimension of the organisation covering advertising, brand building and publicity, but affects the entire life cycle of the product and the organisation right from infrastructure planning, supply chain and sourcing, production, human resource to distribution, selling, after-sales service and even research and development.
The demand-supply equation, the entry barriers, the customer preferences, industry size, local, regional and global position all these determine the type and extent of competition an organisation is likely to face.
However ‘competition risk’ is not merely about the risk that your competitors will overtake you and make your product obsolete and your service look much poorer in comparison to theirs, or that they will beat you in the price or in reaching and occupying the market place and the hearts and minds of the consumers. ‘Competition risk’ could be both local and global. Apart from the 4ps of product, price, promotion and place which is the traditional sparring battle ground for competition, competition may also arise and manifest itself in location, policies, product mix, branding, recruitment and even reward and incentive schemes to staff as well as to customers.
‘Competition risk’ often goes much beyond into the realm of opportunities, possibilities, chance, market segments and niches that an organisation fails to spot and cash in on and the competitors are able to capitalise on. In fact creativity, innovative thinking and out-of-the-box approach often are the only offence and defense for dealing with competition.
Effectively dealing with the external risk of competition requires :
- A thorough understanding of the market
- An analysis of the environment, political, social, economic and cultural.
- An understanding of selective strengths and weaknesses of the organisation and its products and services vis-à-vis the competition.
- An understanding of potential competitors and the entry and exit barriers.
- A strategic and operational knowledge of competitor activity and customer expectations.
Thus, as can be seen from the above, it is indeed a very complex and daunting task, but it is nevertheless essential as without this, one cannot survive the competition.
The example for this month’s case study on competition risk is that of a company operating holiday tours and travel packages.
‘Sweet Memories’ is a tour company that was started about 15 years back in Mumbai. This company initially catered to the middle and lower middle-class segment and according to the budgets and the general trends in these times, arranged tours – and holiday packages to places of interest and cultural themes. It initially arranged tours to the West and South. This was followed by covering Rajasthan and the North.
Around four to five years back it started operating tours overseas to destinations in South-East Asia, Far East, Australia, New Zealand and is now arranging tours even to Europe and U.S.A. The customers are still essentially budget travellers belonging to the ” middle-class segment.
Of late the owners who have been casual in their approach and relying on word-of-mouth publicity ‘ and offering value for money to customers as their mainstay to survive in the market have found business difficult with the new entrants and bigger travel companies coming in with innovative concepts like theme tours, budget tours, action packed tours, exotic destinations and even sports-based tourism like the IPL South Africa tours.
Revenues of Sweet Memories have fallen and the management is at a loss as to how to deal with this” threat of sudden onslaught of competition with high-end tours, large publicity budgets, beautiful travel brochures, exotic destinations and innovative ideas.
They therefore approach you as a professional risk manager and consultant to identify and analyse competition risks and advise the tour company on the next course of action and develop an immediate plan to stop customers from migrating to competition. ‘
Suggested solution for competition risk:
Competition risk analysis needs to be done of the, potential tour market based on :
Identifying existing and future risk for Sweet Memories:
An analysis of the situation reveals the following major issues:
Challenges and risks encountered from competition:
1. Judging the high-end tourist market segments’ needs and expectations.
2. Identifying strategies of new entrants – e.g., price.
3. Developing a positioning strategy and organised approach from the existing casual unorganised approach.
4. Expanding own share in the pie and expanding the pie itself.
5. Review existing marketing plan: Product, pricing, promotion and locational access.
Strategies for overcoming existing competition risk:
1. SWOT analysis:
a. First step is to evaluate internal capabilities and identify areas which require improvement.
b. Determine the scope of improvement.
c. Making small modifications to eliminate un-productive activities. This process requires ‘persistence’.
d. Conducting ABC analysis of revenue generating tourists and repeat tourists.
e. Identifying opportunities – that is – creating new untapped space in the market. e.g., International business exhibition tours, grooming and training with leisure tours for corporate executives, etc.
2. Study regional and international top 5 tour operators:
a. Complete package of offerings
b. Value added features like pickup and escorting services.
c. Customised onboard meal: Veg, Non-Veg. [ain, etc.
d. Event based tours: Brazil Carnival, New Year in Australia
e. Theme based tours: African safari, Buddhist circle, gaming, Dassera in Mysore and Christmas in Jeurusalem.
f. Promotion and Branding strategies
g. Hospitality training to their guides, cooks, other professionals
3. Strong Brand Building and positioning activities will lead towards reaching the customer’s Evoked Set (Unconscious Mind) and help in discriminating customer preferences and choice.
a. Providing a travel kit with most common and essential items with a logo mark.
b. Attractive and innovative brochures with graphics and a colorful appeal.
c. Positioning themselves as High-end quality of service with cost benefit.
d. Creating jingles, slogans, a cartoon character, modified colorfullogo, uniform dressing style for their professionals, etc.
4. Keeping a track of environmental happenings and events directly or indirectly influencing the industry: Social, Legal, Economical, Political, Technological and Cultural environments.
a) Assigning a representative in major interna-tionallocations will help in identifying key events and happening, which are not captured by major media agents.
b) Preparing a calendar with notes of future happening events and subsequently designing tour packages around those happenings – for example, Olympics in China and forthcoming Commonwealth games in Delhi.
6. Optimising Entry and Exit Barriers
a. Creating a niche in the market which becomes a trademark and difficult to imitate by other competitors
b. Besides risk of existing competition, organisation should also open up their vision for other threats like:
1. Bargaining power of customers
2. Bargaining power of suppliers
3. Threat from new entrants
4. Threat from substitute products
Porter’s 5 forces for an organisation’s risk:
– Risk of customer consistently demanding better quality product at reduced price.
– Suppliers demand higher volumes with sufficient margins and shorter payment cycle.
– New entrants possess more features with enhanced strengths like distribution power, innovative promotion, etc.
– Substitute product like jewellery or watches; amusement parks and resorts for tour operators; Nano car for two-wheelers’ market, etc. threatens the ability to cover large market share.
7. Adopting combination of marketing competition warfare strategies:
Sweet Memories depending on the market conditions and result of market study and analysis can adopt a combination of one or more of the following strategies to ward off competition risk.
a. Offensive marketing warfare strategies – are used to secure competitive advantages; market leaders, runner-ups or struggling competitors are usually attacked.
b. Defensive marketing warfare strategies – are used to defend competitive advantages; lessen risk of being attacked, decrease effects of attacks, strengthen position.
c. Flanking marketing warfare strategies – Operate in areas of little importance to the competitor.
d. Guerrilla marketing warfare strategies – Attack, retreat, hide, then do it again, and again, until the competitor moves on to other markets.
e. Deterrence strategies – Deterrence is a battle won in the mind of the enemy. You convince the competitor that it would be prudent to keep out of your markets.
f. Pre-emptive strike – Attack before you are attacked.
g. Frontal attack – A direct head-on confrontation.
h. Flanking attack – Attack the competitor’s flank.
i. Sequential strategies – A strategy that consists of a series of sub-strategies that must all be sue” – cessfully carried out in the right order.
j. Alliance strategies – The use of alliances and partnerships to build strength and stabilise situations.
k. Position defence – The erection of fortifications.
l. Mobile defence – Constantly changing positions.
m. Encirclement strategy – Envelop the opponent’s position.
n. Cumulative strategies – A collection of seemingly random operations that, when complete, obtain your objective.
o. Counter-offensive – When you are under attack, launch a counter-offensive at the attacker’s weak point.
p. Strategic withdrawal – Retreat and regroup so you can live to fight another day.
q. Flank positioning – Strengthen your flank.
r. Leapfrog strategy – Avoid confrontation by bypassing enemy or competitive forces.
To summarise, once competition risk has been identified, it has to be dealt with using a combination of strategies and tackled at all levels to keep competition out of the way. The selection of the strategy, techniques, tools will depend on your own financial and marketing strength, the competitor’s strength and the existing and expected market conditions.
Initially, the ‘risk advisor’ advised Sweet Memories to:
– renegotiate terms with suppliers
– add features to its tours, e.g., air conditioned buses
– develop advertising material in the form of brochures
– employ strategy of distributing brochures through newspaper vendors
– hold low-cost customer meetings prior to the departure of a tour
– distribute travel kits at such meetings
– give specific information on places covered by the tour – e.g.,famous temples, churches, historic buildings, museums, gardens, etc. This information is normally available in local brochures.
The above low-cost strategy has worked in increasing the inflow of customers and the efforts of the ‘risk adviser’ were appreciated. It however needs to ‘- be noted that ‘competition risk’ is an always existing risk and the management has to be vigilant and pro-active at all times.
SEBI amends lock-in and other requirements
(1) SEBI has amended the DIP Guidelines vide Circular dated 24th February 2009 (available on http://www.sebi.gov.in/circulars/2009/ dip342009.pdf). It may be recollected that the SEBI DIP Guidelines provide for various requirements in connection with issue of shares and other securities by listed companies and for other matters. Some of the recent amendments are minor or consequential to other amendments while some have far-reaching impact. The amendments have been made to tighten up the schedule relating to IPOs and incidental matters. Some important amendments are highlighted here but two of them — those relating to Share Warrants and those relating to lock-in — are discussed in detail.
(2) Listing of equity shares with differential rights as to dividends, voting or otherwise :
(a) Equity shares with differential rights as to dividends, voting, etc. are emerging instruments being tested in India. These are available globally. As they tend to protect and favour the Promoters/Founders, they are also criticised. However, many investors are happy with diluted voting rights if there are other sweeteners involved and hence such shares are often accepted as investments. The alternative is issuing shares with higher voting rights (but with lesser other rights) to the Promoters. It is also found in the West that even such a situation is acceptable. In India, amendments to the law permitting issue of such shares were made a decade back, but because of procedural hurdles and other reasons, these shares were not common in listed companies though recently some companies did experiment with such issues. SEBI has now made an amendment in the Guidelines to clarify some issues.
(b) By an amendment, conditions for listing of such equity shares that are issued otherwise than by making an IPO have been laid down. Important substantive conditions are that such shares should be issued by way of rights/bonus to all existing shareholders and the Company should be compliant of minimum public shareholding norms for its equity shares already listed and also for the fresh issue.
(3) Listing of warrants offered along with NCDs under Chapter XIII-A (Qualified Institutions Placements) :
(a) Such warrants can now be considered for listing if there is a combined issue of NCDs/warrants and Chapter XIII-A is fully complied with for such issue.
(c) The application for listing of the equity shares with differential rights and warrants/NCDs shall be made through the designated stock exchange which will forward the application to SEBI with its recommendations.
(4) Increase of minimum deposit on Share Warrants from 10% to 25% :
(a) Share Warrants can be issued on a preferential basis to selective investors. One of the conditions for such issue is that the investor should pay a minimum deposit of 10% of the issue price which has to be forfeited if the Share Warrants are not exercised. It was increasingly felt that (as discussed in more detail in latter paragraphs) that this 10% deposit is too low. Finally, now, the minimum amount payable with application for Share Warrants in case of preferential issues has been raised from 10% to 25% of the issue price.
(b) Considering the ongoing debate on such low deposit amount since a long time now, this amendment was the least unexpected. In my opinion, the amendment has come too late, because Share Warrants have already been heavily misused and abused. The amendment is also made at a time when Promoters are least likely to subscribe to Share Warrants. In fact, there appears to be literally a flood of cases of Promoters allowing the 10% deposit on existing Share Warrants to be forfeited.
(c) It is also worth considering the very rationale – in idealistic theory and in actual practice – of Share Warrants.
(d) Let us first quickly highlight some aspects of Share Warrants to place the recent amendment in context. Share Warrants are instruments that give a right and option to the holder to acquire shares within a specified time at a specified price. They are thus similar to ESOPs and also to options traded in markets, though the latter represent private contracts where the listed company is not involved.
(e) Share Warrants have several advantages. You don’t need to pay the full share price up front. You can exercise the Share Warrants anytime. You even have the option to back out and let the deposit be forfeited.
(f) For the Company, they were often useful as, for example, acting as sweeteners to otherwise unattractive unsecured, non-convertible bonds. They also had the weak justification, in the early years of globalisation, of allowing Promoters to increase their stake to prevent hostile takeovers. However, they quickly degenerated to being used almost exclusively to enrich Promoters, at the cost of the Company and other shareholders.
(g) Consider, from the point of view of the Promoters, the undue advantage Share Warrants offer them.
(i) They get Share Warrants (earlier for free) by paying just 10% deposit. Even if this deposit is forfeited, they still get to share it to the extent of their holding (e.g., a Promoter holding 50% of the Company thus shares 50% of the for-feited deposit).
(ii) Even this deposit of 10% was an absurdly low amount – it barely covered the interest on the balance 90% for 18 months. But interest is obviously not the only factor. Often the bigger advantage is of the option. Even if you do simple valuation of such Share Warrants, applying even the basic Black-Scholes or similar formula, it will be seen that particularly in times of higher volatility, even the increased 25% deposit would be too low.
(iii) Further, in case of market-traded options, the option premium is an additional cost and not part-payment of the purchase price. Thus, even if one decides to actually purchase the shares, one pays the full purchase price in addition to this premium. In case of Share Warrants, the deposit paid is adjusted against the issue price.
(iv) Till a recent prohibition, Share Warrants also represented simple arbitrage. Sell today and buy Share Warrants by paying 10% deposit. This also meant that the surplus cash could be used to acquire higher shares and raise the balance amount later.
(v) It was also quickly realised by Promoters that Share Warrants could help avoid the creeping acquisition limits. Well planned, the Promoters could increase their holding by 15% over 18 months without violating the 5% creeping acquisition limits. All this by paying just 10% today and that too at today’s prices! Needless to say, this technique was widely used.
(h) How sound was the deal from the point of view of the Company? Almost certainly a loss-making one since if the same deal was offered to a third party, he would have paid a far higher amount. The public shareholders also lost.
(i) SEBI of course has been chipping away slowly at the anomalies. The early amendments included reducing the conversion period to 18 months. There is a ban on preferential allotment to those who have sold shares in the last six months. The lock-in period has been effectively increased, as discussed separately here.
(j) Consider from a different perspective, these amendments over a period of time are mainly in-tended to protect Share Warrants from misuse by Promoters. How these amendments will impact Share Warrants as a financial instrument?
How sound a financial proposition they appear to third party – non-Promoter investors?
How attractive would Share Warrants sound, if one has to :
- pay 25% up front, if one converts them within 18 months, suffer double lock-in period,
- and if the conversion price has to be a minimum one related to recent prices?
(k) The latest amendment comes not only too late, but also at a time when Promoters are least in the mood to acquire ‘Share Warrants’, simply because the six-monthly average prices are typically higher than the current market price.
(1) Share Warrants thus, the way they are generally issued now, result in profits to the Promoters at the cost of the Company and other shareholders. I would even go to the extent of recommending that they be simply prohibited.
(m) Alternatively, major changes are required if they are to be continued. Linking their pricing and deposit for Share Warrants to past average prices is absurd. Share Warrants are equivalent to options and should be valued as ‘options’. Even a rudimentary version of the Black-Scholes formula would give a fairer price. Remember, this technique is already being used, albeit as an alternative, for valuing and accounting for ESOPs.
(n) And, at the very least, it is this price that should be paid. The amount should be paid as a premium for being granted the Share Warrants and not as a deposit that is adjustable towards the issue price! At the risk of sounding petty, I would even suggest that if the amount paid by Promoters is forfeited, it should be distributed as a special dividend/bonus to non-promoter shareholders!
(o) There should also be a commercial justification for issuance of Share Warrants, especially from the point of view of the Company. The Company puts itself in a peculiar position when it issues Share Warrants. Other potential investors are wary of the potential dilution and thus investment in the Company becomes slightly unattractive. The uncertainties involved are:
- the Company may not receive the balance amount.
- the balance price is to be received at any time the Promoters deem fit, though there is a time limit.
The question is :
‘Is it a commercially sound proposition for the Company to issue Share Warrants on such terms ?’
Unless the answer to the above issues is a clear yes, the Share Warrants should not be issued. I would suggest that there should be a ban on issuance of Share Warrants to only Promoters, just as ESOPs are banned.
(5) Amendments clarifying lock-in of Share Warrants and shares arising out of exercise of Share Warrants:
(a) Readers may recollect that in August 2008, the lock-in period relating to warrants, etc. were amended. There was controversy arising out of such amendment. SEBI has attempted to simplify the wording and make it internally consistent.
(b) Let us again consider the background and con-text of this amendment. Securities issued on a preferential basis are typically locked in for 1 year from the date of allotment (Promoters face a lock-in for 3 years to some extent, but this aspect is not discussed here). Some of the securities such as Share Warrants, FCDs, etc. are convertible into equity shares. The requirement was that all securities so allotted should be locked in for one year and if convertible securities are converted into equity shares during such lock-in period, the shares so allotted would be locked in for the remaining period out of such one year. In other words, the shares allotted did not face a fresh lock-in period of one year but the period for which the convertible securities already suffered lock-in was netted of and the equity shares suffered lock-in for the balance period.
(c) It was felt that Share Warrants were different from equity shares, FCDs, etc. since in case of Share Warrants, only a part of the amount was paid up front, there were other differences also. SEBI had amended the Guidelines in August 2008 whereby it intended to provide that the aforesaid rule of netting off shall not apply in case of Share Warrants. Thus, in case of Share Warrants, the shares allotted on exercise of Share Warrants will face a fresh lock-in period. However, the amendments were ambiguously worded – at least as opined by some experts
and so the latest amendments seek to make clarificatory amendments.
(d) This has been done by. bifurcating the ambiguous clause relating to lock-in period of instruments/ shares into two parts.
(e) The first part talks of lock-in period of instruments allotted to Promoter/Promoter Group and shares allotted to them on exercise of Warrants. Both shall be locked in for 1 year. These lock-in periods are obviously in addition to the 3-year period otherwise applicable for allotments to such persons, read with of course the 20% limit for the 3-year lock-in.
(f) The second part is almost identically worded, except that it refers to instruments/shares allotted to persons other than such Promoters.
(g) In clause (d), which refers to set-off of lock-in suffered by instruments, it is now provided that such instruments shall not include warrants.
(h) The amended clauses are certainly worded better, if one compares only to the earlier wording, which was felt to be a little convoluted, being the result of redrafting exercises over time. However, despite such amendments and consistency in wording, certain basic ambiguities remain. Actually, the lock-in requirements are intended to be quite simple and the whole clause could have been redrafted, instead of focussing on the recent changes.
(6) The Sat yam amendments:
Several relaxations to pricing, disclosures, etc. are now provided for where SEBI has already granted exemption under the new Regulation 29A to the Takeover Regulations. Considering that Regulation 29A itself had, I think, effective applicability of one single case, the amendments will have similar shelf life. However, they will remain as part of Regulations and the DIP Guidelines till they are dropped.
(7) Bonus shares:
These shall now be issued within 15 days of Board approval, where shareholder approval for such issue is not required. And the Board cannot change such decision. Where approval of shareholders is required as per the Company’s Articles of Association, the issue shall be made within 2 months of the Board meeting where such issue was announced.
(8) The amendments made by these Guidelines are generally prospective but with two interesting exceptions.
(a) The amendment increasing the minimum amount payable for issue of Share Warrants from 10% to 25% applies if the shareholders’ approval is obtained before 24th February 2009. This would affect all those cases (I presently do not know how many or if any) where notices are already issued and the general meeting is convened on 25th February 2009 or later.
(b) It would be interesting to examine how the amendments relating to lock-in apply to issues made since the last amendment in August.
Risk Management Case Study
Preamble :
Case studies have been an excellent teaching and learning tool especially in a live setting. Thus, even though formal academic training relies primarily on texts, lectures and tests, in a less formal setting, especially for continuing education, the case study method is preferred.
In fact the tales of the Panchatantra and Hitopadesha are excellent examples of how this method can transform people making them smart, intelligent, successful, wise and knowledgeable.
I personally prefer case studies, as a case study cannot and does not have one right answer. In fact no answer given with enough understanding and application of mind can ever be wrong.
The case gives a situation, often a problem and seeks responses from the reader. The approach is to study the case, develop the situation, fill in the facts and suggest a solution.
Depending on the approach and perspective the solutions will differ but they all lead to a likely feasible solution. Ideally a case study is left to the imagination of the reader, as the possibilities are immense.
Readers’ inputs and solutions on the case are invited and will be shared with others in the next issue. A suggested solution from the author’s personal viewpoint has also been provided for guidance.
Strategic and Business Environment Risks :
Managing a business in modern times is an exercise in maximising shareholder value. Economic Value Added — EVA — and shareholder wealth maximisation are looked upon as key metrics in achieving this success.
In this context the entire business focus from setting vision, mission, goals and objectives leading to formulation of strategy for managing business processes, human resources, technology, environment and even down to operational level details is for providing value through mitigating and managing risks — that is — uncertainty. Hence, organisations
that expect to successfully meet stakeholder expectations whilst operating in a regulated civil society environment, need to have a ‘risk-based’ approach to business.
This and the following set of articles in the series aim to consider different risks that are faced by businesses at several levels of operation — viz. — the strategic, middle-management and operational level. We will cover in some detail diverse risks ranging from ‘difficult-to-control,’ ‘high-level’, ‘environmental’ and also internally controllable risks also in this series.
Each article will begin with a brief write-up and provide a case study covering each type of risk.
Overview of Strategic and Business Environment Risks : Strategy formulation requires understanding and dealing with the external-macro, as well as internal-micro environment, which is depicted in Figs. 1 and 2 below.
Macro environment of business :
A look at the business environment depicted above throws up a number of such examples of organisations formulating strategy and dealing sometimes successfully and at other times unsuccessfully with macro and micro environment changes and risk.
An example of this strategy is that of commercial banks. In India, commercial banks moved to having a greater emphasis on retail banking using Internet technology on the one hand and got into investment banking and portfolio management space for high net worth individuals on the other.
In the USA we saw the strategy of pushing complex financial products based on mortgages that ultimately turned out to be worth less/suspect floundering, and causing economic devastation not only in the USA but also in the entire economic world.
Strategy formulation and tackling changes in business environment need vision, foresight and an open mind. An organisation especially its top management needs to be focussed, alert, responsive and open to adopting changes to be successful. Many big organisations have been overcome and fallen by the wayside having been humbled by modern-day ‘Davids’.
The case study for this month’s study is a company selling ice-creams and milk products that turned itself around and is now on the threshold of taking off.
Koolkat Icecreams Ltd. has been in the business of dairy products especially ice-creams for the last 40 years with a factory in the interior of Karnataka. It has been pulling along and has maintained some name in the market despite having a good product.
Over the years it has seen itself being overtaken by the better known, well advertised brands and seen itself being edged off the shelf in most big cities. Even in its hometown and towns it does not have a significant presence.
What has helped Koolkat survive are the canteen sales through rate contract with many Government offices and departments and also contracts for supplying ice-creams in milk booths and kiosks operated by the Karnataka state dairy, that does not itself make ice-cream.
Hence, though having a good product, it has lost market share and not even attempted to seriously compete in the restaurant or even the low-end street vendor segment. In fact if one were to visit even the restaurants in small towns close to the factory, the company’s products are conspicuous by their absence. However, the factory operates at about 70% to 80% capacity and is doing reasonably well.
The young amongst the owners — that is — the top management have realised the changing market conditions and have decided to formulate strategy to deal with the various issues and risks.
Understanding the Environment :
Prior to the meeting that was called to formulate the strategy an analysis of the environment was made.
Political : Likely change expected in the ruling political party at the state level. Exit polls have indicated a 5% swing in favour of the opposition. New administration may be unfriendly leading to loss of assured government business.
Social/Cultural: The prevailing market conditions favour high-end and high-visibility products. The increasing middle class seems to be moving to international ‘and or high-end brands in ice-creams and dairy products. A recent market survey by a leading publication has shown a 20% shift in consumer preferences among the middle class towards high-end products.
Economic: The economic conditions with low level of liquidity, increasing borrowing costs and stringent market conditions indicate difficult times ahead.
Technological : Better infrastructure, transportation, communication and food preservation/manufacturing technology have lowered entry barriers. The distinction between international brands and smalltime manufactures in terms of both cost and quality is getting blurred.
The Company is currently dependent for its marketing effort on its dealer network and distributors/ agents who are being given incentives as per company scheme based on their performance. The entire marketing expenses and advertisements are locally incurred and fragmented. There is no centralised advertisement and marketing activity. The benefits from the schemes is mostly retained and used up by distributors and it does not contribute to building the brand. The complex duty structure and differential rates for products from outside the state are proving to be a problem, as the entire output supplied throughout India comes from the factory in Karnataka. The cost and quality of packing material is also posing issues due to rising costs. Finally, street vendors and local small-scale manufacturers are also giving the company a tough time due to low cost and better reach.
These aspects have strategic and environmental risks that need to be addressed.
These factors independently and in conjunction with other factors like internal conflicts may result in business risk. As a ‘risk manager/adviser’ you are expected to identify and analyse these risks and advise the company on strategy formulation, and come up with an implementable road map.
The Solution :
The suggested strategy is outlined and implemented as below:
Strategic Options :
Marketing Thrust and Image Makeover:
The current marketing is entirely relying on dealer network and sub-distributors with very little central effort and advertisement support. Sales effort is scheme based with distributors enjoying benefit of schemes against offtake of products.
The proposed strategy is :
(1) to increase spend on marketing and advertising and launch the existing product itself in a new ‘avatar’ and consider manufacturing at multiple locations.
(2) to rationalise incentive schemes, especially those schemes that are bleeding the company.
(3) to consider phasing out schemes which are not yielding results.
(4) to utilise money saved to increase high-end visibility – that is – increase initially local advertising rather than newspaper or magazine advertising.
(5) use local language TV channels which are cheaper than national TV channels.
Production through licences, franchises and tieup units:
Considering the nature of the product, transportation/logistic requirements and taxation structure, it is beneficial for foodstuffs to be manufactured and sold locally. The company should formulate a plan to increase production through tie-ups to at least 10 locations across different states initially and expand to 14 by year end and to 24 by end of year 2.
Ancillary activities:
Consider – investigate setting up facility for making plastic cups, spoons to reduce costs and ensure supply of quality packing material. This would also control counterfeiting. In the alternative seek a dedicated small-scale manufacturer – that is – a sole supplier – who would produce under company’s supervision to ensure quality.
Low-end Penetration:
To consider employing strategy of de-risking its operations by lowering costs of production, cutting frills and targeting low-end consumers by introducing another brand through street vendors. The strategy advised and adopted was:
* change in packaging of the established brand – that is – for the existing product.
* introduce a low-end product under a new brand name with different packaging.
Note:
Procedure for representation before BIFR and AAIFR : Circular No. 5/2009, dated 2-7-2009.
Part A : Direct taxes
-
Procedure for representation before BIFR and AAIFR :
Circular No. 5/2009, dated 2-7-2009.
For granting income-tax reliefs/concessions to be given to
sick companies for their rehabilitation under the Sick Industrial Companies (SICA)
Act, 1985 the CBDT has issued a Circular superseding all earlier ones issued on
this account — prescribing method to be followed before the Board for Industrial
and Financial Reconstruction (BIFR) and the Appellate Authority for Industrial
and Financial Reconstruction (AAIFR).
-
The Director General Income Tax
(Administration), [DGIT (Admn.)] has been nominated as a nodal agency for co-ordinating
between BIFR, AAIFR and CBDT. -
Every scheme where financial
assistance is sought u/s.19(2) of SICA, the consent would be granted by the
DGIT (Admn.) by considering each case on merits. Where the tax relief has been
quantified, the DGIT (Admn.) would communicate the consent/denial after
getting it approved from the CBDT. In case of incomplete information, after
calling for requisite information, the file would be put up to the CBDT and
the decision be conveyed to BIFR. -
Since all the above relief
decisions are vetted by the CBDT, they would be binding on all Assessing
Officers and relief would be granted to the assessees accordingly. -
In case BIFR/AAIFR takes a
different view from CBDT, the DGIT (Admn.) would be responsible for filing an
appeal before AAIFR/Delhi High Court as the case may be. Where the case is
filed by sick companies, the CCIT (Admn.) would be responsible to represent
the Department before the Appellate Authority.
Concept of ‘Beneficial Ownership’ under tax treaties — Decision of Canadian Federal Court of Appeal in case of Prévost Car Inc.
1. Background :
1.1 On February 26, 2009 the Canadian Federal Court of Appeal (‘the Federal Court’) unanimously dismissed the Revenue’s appeal in Prévost Car Inc.
v. The Queen, (2009 FCA 57). The Court held that a Dutch holding company was the ‘beneficial owner’ of dividends received from its Canadian subsidiary for purposes of the Canada-Netherlands Tax Treaty, despite having distributed substantially all of the dividends to its shareholders resident in other countries. The Court thus affirmed that the Dutch company was not a mere conduit for its shareholders as had been alleged by the Revenue. This is the first appellate decision in Canada to interpret the term ‘beneficial owner’ in the tax treaty context.
1.2 This decision of the Federal Court of Appeal upholds the principle that in determining the applicable withholding rate on dividends, interest, royalties and other payments to treaty countries and other intermediary jurisdictions with low withholding tax rates, the Revenue cannot ignore the intermediary jurisdiction and apply a higher rate that may be applicable had the payment been made directly. This is a watershed decision which will have implications for existing structures and may create opportunities for new planning.
1.3 We have discussed the facts of the case, contentions of parties and the Tax Court’s decision in detail in July & August, 2008 issues of BCAJ. Therefore, the facts of the case and the decision of the Tax Court are not repeated here in detail. In this Article, we shall discuss the decision of the Federal Court in some detail.
2. Context and issue before the Federal Court :
2.1 The issue before the Court was the interpretation of the term ‘beneficial owner’ in Article 10(2) of the DTAA between Canada and the Netherlands (the ‘Tax Treaty’). The Tax Treaty came into force on November 27, 1986 and was based on the OECD Model.
2.2 The context in which the issue was raised was that of a payment of dividends by a resident Canadian corporation, Prévost Car Inc. (‘Prevost’) to its shareholder Prevost Holding B.V. (‘Prevost Holding’), a corporation resident in the Netherlands, which in turn paid dividends in substantially the same amount to its corporate shareholders Volvo Bussar Corporation (Volvo), a resident of Sweden
and Henlys Group plc (Henlys), a resident of the United Kingdom.
2.3 If Prevost Holding was found to be the beneficial owner, the rate of withholding tax by virtue of the Canadian Income Tax Act (the Act) and in accordance with Article 10 of the Tax Treaty would be 5%. However, if Volvo and Henlys be found to be the beneficial owners, Ss.215(c) of the Act would have required Prevost to withhold 25% (reduced to 15% in the case of the dividend paid to Volvo because of the Canada-Sweden Tax Treaty and 10% in the case of the dividend paid to Henlys because of the Canada-U.K. Tax Treaty).
2.4
The Tax Court (2008 TCC 231) found that the beneficial owner was Prevost Holding.
3. Revenue case :
The Revenue argued that the Tax Court used an incorrect approach in its interpretation of the term ‘beneficial owner’ and in the end committed a palpable and overriding error in finding that Prevost Holding was, in the circumstances of this case, the beneficial owner.
The main thrust of the Revenue’s argument was that the Tax Court gave to the term ‘beneficial owner’ the meaning they have in common law, thereby ignoring the meaning they have in civil law and in inter-national law.
4. Observations and decision of the Federal Court of Appeal :
4.1 It is common ground that there is no settled definition of ‘beneficial ownership’ (or in French, ‘beneficiaire effectif’) in the Model Convention, in the Tax Treaty or in the Canadian Income Tax Act. In its search for the meaning of these terms, the Tax Court closely examined their ordinary meaning, their technical meaning and the meaning they might have in common law, in Quebec’s civil law, in Dutch law and in international law. The Tax Court relied, inter alia, on the OECD Commentary for Article 10(2) of the Model Convention and on OECD documents issued subsequently to the 1977 Commentary, i.e., the OECD Conduit Companies Report adopted by the OECD Council on November 27, 1986 and the amendments made in 2003 by the OECD to its 1977 Commentary. The Tax Court also had the benefit of expert evidence.
4.2 The counsel for both sides agreed that the Tax Court was entitled to rely on subsequent documents issued by the OECD in order to interpret the Model Convention. The Federal Court shared their view.
4.3 Relevance and importance of OECD Model Commentary :
The worldwide recognition of the provisions of the Model Convention and their incorporation into a majority of bilateral conventions have made the Commentaries on the provisions of the OECD Model a widely-accepted guide to interpretation and application of the provisions of existing bilateral conventions [see Crown Forest Industries Ltd. v. Canada, (1995) 2 S.c.R. 802; Klaus Vogel, ‘Klaus Vogel on Double Taxation Conventions’ 3rd ed. (The Hague: Kluwer Law International, 1997) at 43]. In the case before the Court, Article 10(2) of the Tax Treaty was mirrored on Article 10(2) of the Model Convention. The same may be said with respect to later commentaries when they represent a fair inter-pretation of the words of the Model Convention and do not conflict with Commentaries in existence at the time a specific treaty was entered into and when, of course, neither treaty partner has registered aft objection to the new Commentaries. For example, in the introduction to the Income and Capital Model Convention and Commentary (2003), the OECD invites its members to interpret their bilateral treaties in accordance with the Commentaries ‘as modified from time to time’ (paragraph 3) and ‘in the spirit of the revised Commentaries’ (paragraph 33). The introduction goes on, at paragraph 35, to note that changes to the Commentaries are not relevant ‘where the provisions …. are different in substance from the amended Articles’ and, at para 36, that many amendments are intended to simply clarify, not change, the meaning of the Articles or the Commentaries”.
4.4 The Federal Court, therefore, reached the conclusion that for the purposes of interpreting the Tax Treaty, the OECD Conduit Companies Report (in 1986) as well as the OECD 2003 Amendments to the 1977 Commentary are a helpful complement to the earlier Commentaries, insofar as they are eliciting, rather than contradicting, views previously expressed. Needless to say, the Commentaries apply to both the English text of the Model Convention (‘beneficial owner ‘) and to the French text (‘beneficiaire effectif’).
4.5 In the end the Tax Court held that the ‘beneficial owner’ of dividends is the person who receives the dividends for his or her own use and enjoyment and assumes the risk and control of the dividend he or she received. To illustrate this point of view, the Tax Court observed as follows :
“Where an agency or mandate exists or the property is in the name of a nominee, one looks to find ?n whose behalf the agent or mandatary is acting or for whom the nominee has lent his or her name. When corporate entities are concerned, one does not pierce the corporate veil unless the corporation is a conduit for another person and has absolutely no discretion as to the use or application of funds put through it as conduit, or has agreed to act on someone else’s behalf pursuant to that person’s instructions without any right to do other than what that person instructs it, for example, a stockbroker who is the registered owner of the shares it holds for clients.”
4.6 The Tax Court’s formulation captures the essence of the concept of ‘beneficial owner’ as it emerges from the review of the general, technical and legal meanings of the terms. Most importantly, perhaps, the formulation accords with what is stated in the OECD Commentaries and in the Conduit Companies Report.
4.7 The counsel for the Revenue invited the Court to determine that ‘beneficial owner’, ‘beneficiaire effectif’, ‘mean the person who can, in fact, ultimately benefit from the dividend’. That proposed definition does not appear anywhere in the OECD documents and the very use of the word’ can’ opens up a myriad of possibilities which would jeopardize the relative degree of certainty and stability that a tax treaty seeks to achieve. The Revenue is asking the Court to adopt a pejorative view of holding companies which neither the Canadian domestic J law, the international community, nor the Canadian government through the process of objection, have adopted.
4.8 Finding of the Tax Court:
As per the Federal Court, the findings of the Tax Court can be summarised as follows :
(a) the relationship between Prevost Holding and its shareholders is not one of agency, or mandate nor one where the property is in the name of a nominee;
(b) the corporate veil should not be pierced because Prevost Holding is not ‘a conduit for another person’. It cannot be said to have ‘absolutely no discretion as to the use or application of funds put through it as a conduit’ and has not ‘agreed to act on someone else’s behalf pursuant to that person’s instructions without any right to do other than what that person instructs it; for example a stockbroker who is the registered owner of the shares it holds for clients;
(c) there is no evidence that Prevost Holding was a conduit for Volvo and Henlys and there was no predetermined or automatic flow of funds to Volvo and Henlys;
(d) Prevost Holding was a statutory entity carrying on business operations and corporate activity in accordance with the Dutch law under which it was constituted;
(e) Prevost Holding was not party to the Shareholders’ Agreement;
(f) neither Henlys nor Volvo could take action against Prevost Holding for failure to follow the dividend policy described in the Shareholders’ Agreement;
(g) Prevost Holding’s Deed of Incorporation did not obligate it to pay any dividend to its shareholders;
(h) when Prevost Holding decides to pay dividends, it must pay the dividends in accordance with the Dutch law;
(i) Prevost Holding was the registered owner of Prevost shares, paid for the shares and owned the shares for itself; when dividends are received by Prevost Holding in respect of shares it owns, the dividends are the property of Prevost Holding and are available to its creditors, if any, until such time as the management board declares a dividend and the dividend is approved by the shareholders.
The Federal Court held that these findings, to the extent that they are findings of fact, are supported by the evidence. No palpable or overriding error has been shown.
5. The Federal Court held that as these findings are based on the interpretation of the contractual relationships between Prevost, Prevost Holding, Volvo and Henlys, no error of law has been shown. Accordingly, the Federal Court dismissed the Revenue’s appeal with costs.
6. Comments:
6.1 Although the taxpayer won this case, the facts of the case were favourable to the taxpayer, and it is certain that the Revenue will not give up its efforts to attack such structures. The case may be appealed further to the Supreme Court of Canada, and even if not overturned, it is certain that the Revenue will seek to apply Prevost Car as narrowly as possible, seek out every opportunity to make distinctions on the facts, and assess accordingly. Canada has no anti-treaty shopping provisions in its treaties with low-withholding intermediary jurisdictions, but the Revenue has sought to achieve the same result by applying domestic principles such as agency and General Anti-Avoidance Regulations. Prevost Car does not signal an end to this, and taxpayers need therefore to plan accordingly.
6.2 To better ensure a structure which can with-stand the Revenue’s attack, the following steps should be considered:
A real commercial purpose for the intermediary jurisdiction holding company;
As much substance as is feasible in the intermediary jurisdiction, including if possible, employees, and especially if possible, other investments and particularly in the intermediary jurisdiction;
A board of directors that consists of a majority of local directors, and proper directors’ meetings, preferably with local directors present; and
Avoid back-to-back financing arrangements, and if necessary, ensure that
- there is a spread in interest rates or royalty rates;
- there is minimal, if any, contractual tie-in to automatically flow through amounts – this will be a difficult fact to overcome; and
- the holding company takes some risk.
6.3 Care must be exercised up front to ensure a good fact pattern, and regular ‘risk management’ review is warranted to ensure that those responsible for implementing the plan ‘respect’ the proper legal steps that are required to make such planning work.
Using Computer-Assisted Audit Tools (CAATs) for IT Audits
Our perspective
Introduction :
1.1 Corporate governance, as we all know, has been under a
strong and critical public spotlight currently and in recent years, because of a
succession of blows to capital market confidence, particularly in the United
States but also echoed in India and other countries. The stakeholders’
expectations of boards and senior management, and of those charged with
providing an independent review of a company’s operations and
financial statements, have increased. To meet those expectations,
governments and regulatory authorities around the globe have initiated concerted
efforts to improve standards of corporate behaviour and transparency through :
- stress on efficacy of internal controls both in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in the
U.S.A. and clause 49 of the listing agreement in India.
- mandatory compliance with accounting standards to ensure adequacy and
uniformity in disclosure practices — this will further get strengthened with
the adoption of IFRS in India.
- emphasis on risk assessment and risk mitigating procedures.
1.2 Clause 49 of the Listing Agreement casts an obligation on
the ‘Audit Committee’ to :
- Ensure adequacy of internal controls.
- Review internal audit reports.
- Recommend appointment and remuneration of internal auditors.
- Ensure independence of internal auditors.
Clause 49 also requires CEO and CFO to certify the
effectiveness of the internal controls in the company.
1.3 With the emphasis on the above issues internal audit has
become an integral tool of corporate governance. An internal auditor today
reviews not only accounting procedures, but also reviews and reports on the
effectiveness of manufacturing and marketing function. Hence, internal audit in
the present context is a multi-disciplinary function.
1.4 This article offers our perspective on the role of
internal audit and its structure.
The role of Internal Audit :
2.1 Paragraph 3.1 of the Preface to the Standards on Internal
Audit, issued by the Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
in 2004, describes internal audit as follows :
“Internal audit is an independent management function,
which involves a continuous and critical appraisal of the functioning of an
entity with a view to suggest improvements thereto and add value to and
strengthen the overall governance mechanism of the entity, including the
entity’s strategic risk management and internal control system.”
2.2 The definition of internal audit approved by the Board of
Directors of the Institute of Internal Auditors is :
“Internal auditing is an independent, objective assurance
and consulting activity designed to add value and improve an organisation’s
operations. It helps an organisation accomplish its objectives by bringing a
systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of
risk management, control, and governance processes.”
2.3 The above definitions are highly contextual as a
distinction between internal audit and risk management needs to be drawn. As
we see it, the basic function of internal audit is an independent appraisal of
an organisation’s internal controls, including controls over financial reporting
and business processes having financial ramifications. It does not stop at only
pointing out weakness, but extends to making of recommendations on internal
control and process improvements that could be made to increase efficiency of
operations.
2.4 Risk management, on the other hand, is about
identifying and assessing inherent risks in the products and activities of an
organisation, and ensuring that appropriate risk management limits, control
mechanisms and mitigation strategies are in place to contain risk within the
organisation’s risk appetite and capital adequacy. A monitoring function
(similar to internal audit) is often involved to ensure that the risk control
framework is in place and operating as intended. Internal audit plays a
facilitative role in evaluating whether the controls are practical and
functional and whether they can be circumvented. The distinction is that ‘risk
management’ team has the continuous responsibility of understanding how actual
risks facing the organisation are changing. This requires continuous review by
the management.
2.5 The function of the internal auditor in risk
management is to review and report on the adequacy of the procedures and report
on adherence to the limits prescribed by the Board or senior management. Barring
of U.K. went down because limits prescribed by senior management in London were
not adhered to by a dealer in Singapore. Recently, the century-old France Union
General — a financial institution — failed because of speculative lending where
internal control limits were not adhered to.
2.6 The above view is in line with what is prescribed in Para
15 of the Internal Audit Standard 4 dealing with ‘Reporting’ amongst other
issues includes as a function of internal audit :
‘evaluating the overall entitywide risk management and
governance framework.’
2.7 This cooperation between the internal auditor and risk management team is also recognized in an alternative definition which is given in an HA Research Foundation publication of 1999 – Competency : Best Practices and Competent Practitioners.
“Internal auditing is a process by which an organisation gains assurance that the risk exposures it faces are understood and managed appropriately in dynamically changing contexts.”
This is a functional definition and in our view a direct appreciation of the current expectations from internal audit.
Structure and resources, independence and approach:
3.1 The starting point is evaluating whether the internal audit function is in-house or outsourced, and whether this arrangement is appropriate in given circumstances. The following crucial benchmarks need to be in place for internal audit team keeping in mind the standards and professional practice advisories and guidelines of The Institute of Internal Auditors.
i) Structure and resources:
The structure of the internal audit function is established and an assessment made about the key internal audit personnel, their roles and responsibilities, skillsand experience, irrespective ofwhether the internal audit function is ‘in-house’ or ‘outsourced.’
ii) Independence:
Firstly, the company board should ensure that independence of the internal audit function is maintained. The internal auditor should not report to CFO,but should report to CEO and the audit committee or the Board of Directors.
It needs to be mentioned that managements in India have been resisting the concept of internal auditor reporting directly to the CEO or the audit committee. However, we believe it is essential to have direct reporting to ensure independence. We also believe that reporting to the CEO or the audit committee should be after discussion and having obtained response of the management, because the CEOand/ or the audit committee would callfor the response of the management on any issue reported by the internal auditor. This mode of reporting also meets with the criteria of transparency.
Secondly, the internal auditor should not be directly involved in execution of risk management or operations. The internal audit function may provide valuable input to those responsible for risk management or operations, but should not have direct risk management responsibilities. In practice, some organisations (particularly small ones) may give internal audit initial responsibility for developing a risk management programme. Where this is the case, organisations should see that the responsibility for day-to-day risk management is an independent function. We reiterate that internal auditor should in no manner be involved in operations, though the internal auditor should understand operations.
Thirdly, significant issues raised by the internal auditor even if satisfactorily resolved need to be reported to the CEO and the audit committee.
Fourthly, where the internal audit function is outsourced there should not be any conflicts of interest – for example – internal auditor should not be involved in rendering other services. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India have recently barred an internal auditor from being appointed even as a Tax auditor.
iii) Approach:
The approach taken by internal audit should be clear. It could be :
- risk-based – the focus is on the high-risk areas of the organisation;
or
- review-based – the focus is on review of various parts of the organisation, usually chosen both at random or in line with a predetermined internal audit plan;
or
- compliance-based – the focus is on compliance with policies and procedures.
It could however be a combination of all three. Normally, it would be a combination of at least two of the above.
The board and/ or the audit committee should approve the approach. However, there should be sufficient scope to change the emphasis where necessary on an ongoing basis in order to react quickly to issues that get identified and require internal audit involvement – for example – recent losses incurred by companies in foreign exchange derivatives. In short, the internal auditor has to be agile to respond to changing environment. He should always be vigilant.
i) Establishing the authority of internal audit:
The CEO must send out a clear message that internal audit function is necessary and not a compliance gimmick. The seriousness and the attitude of the CEO is the only means of establishing internal auditor’s authority.
Internal audit must be recognised as a core part of governance and not as some form of necessary burden or add-on. On the other hand, the internal auditor by the professionalism and quality of internal audit work should show boards, management, regulators and even those whose work he reviews and comment on that the function does add value. It should be understood that the message that internal audit sends will not carry weight unless it can be demonstrated that the message is founded on both technical and commercial competence – a balancing of technique and real world experience.
In other words the internal auditor has to establish that his function goes beyond compliance. To achieve this the team skill mix needs to be broad embracing accounting, compliance checking, industry specialist, IT skills and if possible to include a strategist – CAATs. This at times can be achieved by:
- where necessary, ‘in-sourcing’ or ‘out-sourcing’ (if not already done) by having specialist skills to supplement full-time audit resources;
- ensuring that internal audit technology keeps pace with developments in the business – for example – use of Balanced Score Card, Self Assessment, CAATs; and
- demonstrating professionalism and objectivity by standing strong amidst the management and others, when this is justified in the interests of other stakeholders.
ii) Conflict situation:
Regulators can cite many examples where weak corporate governance exists because of an overbearing CEO who has undermined the financial soundness of an organisation, whether through unfocussed expansion – that is – pursuit of growth for growth’s sake, or the dominant desire to always give ‘good news’ – show growth where there is none or cover up losses. The recent Satyam fiasco is a startling example of an overbearing CEO. Internal auditor should be alert to such and similar signs of weakness and raise these issues with the Audit Committee. This kind of approach, though at times goes beyond the normal call of duty, will add immense value. Let us not forget that virtually all analysts have come to the conclusion that the current financial crisis which has gripped the world economy is because of the desire of CEOs and the corporate managements to achieve one of the two or both the objectives. Somewhere in fulfilling these objectives both the internal control procedures and risk limits have been violated. We believe that though it may be a tough call, the internal auditor will have to bite the bullet. The newspapers report that in the case of Satyam, SEBI’s investigation is being extended to Satyam’s internal auditors – Business Standard 16 Jan. 2009.
3.2 To retain his independence and effectiveness the internal auditor should also be conscious of the fact that:
- no controls are absolutely perfect and will always require improvement.
- managements are always tempted to by-pass controls, sometimes in the interest of business and at times in self-interest.
Hence, he should be aware of what is happening in the entity and should also never lose sight of ‘professional skepticism’.
3.3 Ultimately, it is the board, which has to take ownership of problems and institute appropriate remedies. The issues is :
What should the internal auditor do where the organisation is facing major problems and the management continues to ignore or take remedial action?
There is no easy answer, since each situation is unique. Nonetheless, it is surely incumbent on the internal auditor to take the right professional action and not let the situation fester. In the end, the head of internal audit or the internal auditor might have to step down and part ways gracefully if the organisation’s culture does not allow internal audit to function appropriately and serious problems are not being addressed. This is the ultimate test of the professionalism and ethics. This is a hard decision. The fact is that after any failure the internal auditor is inevitably one of the sacrificial lambs on the altar of accountability. In these difficult situations, professional standards, support from the professional body and peers and where appropriate, support of the regulators can help to strengthen the position of the internal auditor. Internationally regulators have required external auditors to whistleblow to the regulator in extreme circumstances, while granting them protection in the form of qualified privilege. We may need to consider similar protection for internal auditor in our environment.
Concluding remarks :
The ever-increasing pressure on organisations to manage their affairs and risks prudently poses considerable challenges for corporate governance structures including internal audit, a key line of defence in these structures. Every challenge, however, is an opportunity. For ‘internal audit’ as a profession, the current business environment is both an opportunity and a challenge to cement our presence in corporate India to demonstrate our skills and resolve to play a contributory role. We have full support of the regulator and the audit committees. We perceive that in addition to an opportunity and challenge the ‘internal audit profession’ has an obligation to assist in making corporate governance transparent and effective. Let us therefore “look at the right things, whilst doing the right thing”.
ICAI must assert itself
44 ICAI must assert itself
The complicity of statutory auditors Price Waterhouse in the
fudging of books by Satyam Computer Services is yet to be proven, although
prima facie they appear to have been negligent in exercising oversight. But
Satyam is not the first case of accounting fraud, many hundreds of companies are
known to have resorted to cooking their books. In most of these instances,
accountants and auditors who are members of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India (ICAI) have extended more than a helping hand. Yet, guilty
accountants/auditors usually get away with a reprimand, and in more serious
cases, with a fine of up to Rs.1 lakh or three months suspension for their
professional misconduct. Clearly, the law is not deterrent enough. Just about a
dozen or so members are known to have been handed out suspensions ranging up to
five years or even life and fined Rs.5 lakh. This would then mean that the ICAI
may be found wanting in taking disciplinary action or perhaps regulation does
not figure high in the priorities. That defeats the purpose of conferring the
institute the status of a self-regulating organisation.
The ICAI needs to assume the role of an independent regulator
more seriously, ensuring adoption of best practices by its members. It must
avoid succumbing to pressures from its members to go soft on disciplinary
measures. Implementation of the decision for compulsory rotation of auditors —
taken by its Central Council in July 2003 and being held in abeyance due to
pressures from large firms — must be expedited. Joint audits for companies with
turnover above a certain threshold has to be introduced to ensure company
accounts become more credible. The quality review board, with members nominated
by the ICAI Council and the Centre, too needs to begin work earnestly to raise
the quality of accounting and auditing, including services provided by the
internal auditors and accountants. Finally, the Centre needs to take a fresh
look at whether the existing structure of ICAI, as well as others such as
Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI), really encourage independent
and impartial regulation and disciplinary action.
(Source : The Economic Times, 13-1-2009)
India Luxembourg Social Security Agreement signed : Press Release dated 30-9-2009.
11. India Luxembourg Social Security Agreement signed : Press
Release dated 30-9-2009.
S. 10B — Gain on account of foreign exchange rate fluctuation qua export proceeds credited/deposited in EEFC account of assessee in foreign exchange is export realisation which constitutes profits derived from export business eligible for exemption u/s.10
59. (2009) 121 TTJ 751 (Ahd.) (TM)
ITO v. Banyan Chemicals Ltd.
A.Y. 2001-02. Dated 29-12-2008
S. 10B — Gain on account of foreign exchange rate
fluctuation qua export proceeds credited/deposited in EEFC account of
assessee in foreign exchange is export realisation which constitutes profits
derived from export business eligible for exemption u/s.10B.
The assessee-company was a 100% EOU. For the relevant
assessment year, the Assessing Officer excluded the amount of net foreign
exchange gain which it received on account of gain on foreign exchange on
conversion of receipts from export sales. The learned CIT(A), by following the
decisions in the cases of K. Uttamlal Exports Ltd. v. Dy. CIT, (2003)
133 Taxman 196 (Mumbai) (Mag.) and Mohindra Impex v. Asstt. CIT, (2002)
121 Taxman 326 (Del.) (Mag.), allowed the claim of exemption u/s. 10B of the
Act. Since there was a difference of opinion between the Members, the matter
was referred to the Third Member u/s.255(4).The Third Member held in favour of the assessee partly. The
Tribunal noted as under :
(1) The receipt of the sale consideration was in US
dollars. It was credited/deposited in the EEFC account of the assessee to be
retained in US dollars as per guidelines for operating this account. In this
account, the receipts may be kept in foreign currency instead of converting
it to Indian rupees.(2) The gain on account of exchange fluctuation is part
of the receipt of foreign currency of export sales made by an assessee. It
is a part of the receipt of sale proceeds converted into Indian rupees.
There is no exception in S. 10B like that in Expln.(baa) to S. 80HHC.(3) The gain accounted for by the assessee is the excess
rupee value of US dollars on the date of realisation of sale proceeds
credited. Therefore, the exchange gain on the date of deposit in the EEFC
account has to be treated as sales realised in US dollars on that date. The
exchange gain is thus sales realisation of the billed amount in US dollar
and would be an income derived from the export of goods and articles.
However, in respect of gains arising at the time of
withdrawal of amount from the EEFC account by way of difference in exchange
rates between the date of deposit into the account and the date of withdrawal
from the EEFC account, the Third Member noted adversely as under :
(1) Such gain would not be part of sales as once the sale
consideration is deposited in EEFC account, the exchange gain accrued
thereafter would not be a part of the turnover and, consequently, not a
profit arising from the export of goods.
The Third Member relied on the decisions in the following
cases :
(a) Smt. Sujata Grover v. Asst. CIT, (2002) 74
(Mumbai) TTJ (Del.) 347(b) Renaissance Jewellery (P) Ltd. v. ITO, (2006)
104 TTJ (Mumbai) 382/(2006) 101 ITD 380 (Mumbai)(c) Shah Originals v. Asst. CIT, (2007) 112 TTJ
(Mumbai) 754(d) Priyanka Gems v. Asst. CIT, (2005) 94 TTJ (Ahd.)
557
S. 140C, S. 244A(2) — Where power of attorney has not been attached to the return of income filed by a non-resident Company, which has been processed u/s.143(1)(a) and also assessment made u/s.143(3) without power of attorney, grant of interest u/s.244A(2
58. 2009 TIOL 483 ITAT (Del.)
China Trust Commercial Bank v. ADIT
(International Taxation)
A.Y. : 1998-99. Dated : 15-5-2009
S. 140C, S. 244A(2) — Where power of attorney has not been
attached to the return of income filed by a non-resident Company, which has
been processed u/s.143(1)(a) and also assessment made u/s.143(3) without power
of attorney, grant of interest u/s.244A(2) cannot be denied on the ground that
the delay is attributable to the assessee.Facts :
The assessee, M/s. China Trust Commercial Bank incorporated
in Taiwan was engaged in the business of international banking services. The
assessee filed its return of income for A.Y. 1998-99 on 28-11-1998 declaring
taxable income of Rs.71,94,840. The return was processed u/s.143(1)(a) on
31-3-1999 and the assessment order u/s.143(3) was passed on 29-12-2000
accepting the income declared in the return of income. The Assessing Officer
issued a refund as claimed in the return of income, however, he did not grant
interest u/s.244A of the Act. The assessee filed an application u/s.154 of the
Act requesting the AO to rectify the mistake by granting interest u/s.244A.
The application u/s.154 of the Act was rejected on the ground that the
assessee had not filed valid power of attorney in due time, which was filed
only after the lapse of a long delay and, therefore, delay in issuing refund
was attributable to the assessee. He, therefore, denied granting interest
u/s.244A of the Act.The CIT(A) held that the issue of declining interest
u/s.244A(2) to the assessee is well beyond the scope of proceedings u/s.154
being an issue on which two views are always possible. He upheld the order of
the AO.Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the
Tribunal.
Held :
The Tribunal noted that the power of attorney was filed on
30-9-2002. Non-grant of interest was because the power of attorney was not
filed alongwith the return. The refund became due on processing the return
u/s.143(1)(a) on 31-3-1999. The Tribunal noted the provisions of S. 140C of
the Act which mandate that in case of a non-resident company, the return of
income is to be signed and verified by a person who holds a valid power of
attorney and the power of attorney be attached to the return. The Tribunal
also noted that the return was processed without the power of attorney, the
assessment u/s. 143(3) was also made without the power of attorney. In the
circumstances, the Tribunal held that the refund due on such processing or on
making the assessment cannot be withheld because of the absence of such power
of attorney. The Tribunal held that if without the power of attorney the
return could be processed and assessment could be made, the refund could also
be prepared and made to the assessee. The Tribunal held that from a bare
reading of the Section it is evident that the delay is to be seen with
reference to the proceedings resulting in refund and the delay is attributable
in such proceedings, to the assessee. The proceedings which result in refund
are the processing of the return or making an assessment u/s.143(3) and since
these proceedings were completed long back even without the power of attorney,
the delay in filing the power of attorney was not the cause for delay in the
proceedings resulting in refund.However, the Tribunal noted that the provisions of S.
244A(2) provide that where the question arises as to which period is to be
excluded, it shall be decided by the Chief Commissioner or the Commissioner
whose decision thereon shall be final. Since the AO had not referred the
matter for the decision of the Chief Commissioner or the Commissioner the
Tribunal set aside the order of the CIT(A) and the AO and remitted the matter
back to the file of the AO to decide the issue of excluding the period for
granting interest to be decided by the Chief Commissioner or the Commissioner,
as the case may be, and follow his decision on that.